,s$""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""$s,
           $$$ s$$""$$s s$$ s$$""$$s $$$  $$$ s$$ $$$      $$$  $$$
           """ $$$  $$$ """ $$$  $$$ $$$  $$$ """ $$$"""   $$$  $$$
           ggg $$$  $$$ ggg $$$  $$$ $$$  $$$ ggg $$$  ggg $$$  $$$
           $$$ $$$  $$$ $$$ $$$  $$$ $$$  $$$ $$$ $$$  $$$ $$$  $$$
           $$$ $$$  $$$ $$$ $$$  $$$ $$$  $$$ $$$ $$$  $$$ $$$  $$$
           $$$ $$$  $$$ $$$ ^!$_,$$$ ^!$_,$!^ $$$ ^!$_,$!^ ^!$_,$$$
           $$$          $$$      $$$          $$$               $$$
           `!$__________$$$______$$$__________$$$________as!idt_$!'

                            i  N  i  Q  U  i  T  Y

                           The Bulletin Board System
                             Version 1.00 Alpha 26r5

                  (C) Copyright 1994-1997, Mike Fricker & idt
                   
                             The Official Iniquity
                                     Manual

                    






                      [ Table Of Contents - By Section ]

        Contents                                      Section

     1. Command Line Parameters.......................   1
     2. Wait For Caller (WFC) Screen..................   2
     3. Modem Setup Menu..............................   3
     4. System Configuration..........................   4
     5. The Menu Editor...............................   5
     6. Access Level Editor...........................   6
     7. Text File Screens.............................   7
     8. SysOp Defined Strings.........................   8
     9. User Configuration Editor.....................   9
    10. Archiver Setup................................  10
    11. Protocol Setup................................  11
    12. File Area Editor..............................  12
    13. Message Area Editor...........................  13
    14. Bulletin Board List Editor....................  14
    15. Statistics Editor.............................  15
    16. Chat Mode Commands............................  16
    17. MicroDOS......................................  17
    18. SysOp Key's...................................  18
    19. Event Editor..................................  19
    20. External Utilities............................  Appendix A
    21. ANSI Escape Codes.............................  Appendix B
    22. Repeat ANSI Screens...........................  Appendix C
    23. Normal ANSI's With MCI and Wave Code Placement  Appendix D
    24. Text File Libraries...........................  Appendix E
    25. Light Bar Menu Screens........................  Appendix F
    26. Info Form Screens.............................  Appendix G
    27. Stacked Menu Commands.........................  Appendix H
    28. Setting Up Conferences........................  Appendix I






                             [ Legal Information ]

          This software is distributed with no guaranties, or warranties. It has
     been extensively tested and work's fine on all test systems. The author is
     not responsible for any damaged caused by miss use, or incorrect execution,
     as well as any damage as the result of normal use. Iniquity is a full
     bulletin board system, with certain requirements, any use that doesn't fall
     within these requirements is the result of improper knowledge by the user.

          Any use of a registered copy by a user who does not own the original
     copy can and will be punished as soon as knowledge of this miss use has
     reached the author and his staff. You must use this software as you would
     read a book, only one copy per registration, you are legally bound by laws
     to follow this rule or you will be punished.

          If a user has been caught creating hacks, or cracks, or hex editing the
     original software, you will be persecuted upon discovery, and will suffer the
     consequences of you're mistakes. This software has been bound by the
     copyright laws, and any copy not in the original form will be destroyed if
     at all possible.

                               [ Requirements ]

          This software has certain requirements that must be met in order for it
     to operate correctly, unpredictable problems may occur if not used within
     these boundaries.

     Minimum System Requirements:

          80286, 80386, 80486, or Pentium Processing Chip.
          Approximately 380k of free Conventional Memory.
          A FOSSIL communications driver, such as X00 or BNU.
          At least 2MB of Diskspace.
          The DOS SHARE.EXE must be loaded.

     Recommended System Configuration:

          80386DX/40 MHZ processor or greater.
          560k of free conventional memory or more.
          1024k of Expanded Memory (EMS) or more.
          VGA or SVGA video card. 
          10MB or HD space or more.
          High speed modem (9600+).


                    [ Section 1 - Command Line Parameters ]

          Iniquity has several command line parameters that can be used to 
     complete specific tasks by appending the parameter to the end of the command
     line, with a space between each parameter. Each pre-defined mode has it's own
     command parameter, which are explained below, please be aware, however, that
     these command parameters are subject to change when ever Mike feels the need
     to do so, an expansion of a feature could mean a parameter will need to do
     more then it currently does, or there's a demand for additional parameters.
     You must also be aware that multiple parameters can be used at once allowing
     you to have Iniquity do several tasks in an order that you see fit, as the
     examples below the definitions show:

     baud xxxxx   - This parameter tells Iniquity that a user is currently      
                    connected at 'xxxxx' baud, and to proceed to the logon      
                    system immediately, this is great for using with a          
                    front end mailer, as you can transfer the user to the       
                    system from the mailer without dropping carrier.

     config       - This parameter will load up the SYSTEM CONFIGURATION        
                    EDITOR which will, in turn, allow you to configure          
                    specific functions that will enable you to define the       
                    desired environment of your board. When you've completed    
                    the modifications to your configuration, Iniquity will      
                    move on to the next command in the command line, or         
                    returned to the DOS environment.

     door         - This parameter will load Iniquity as an online door         
                    using program transfer functions, when the user is          
                    transferred over to Iniquity he/she will logon on as one    
                    normally would, but when the user is finished he/she will   
                    not be disconnected, instead they will be returned to the   
                    parent board and allowed to continue with what ever they    
                    were doing before hand. You MUST use this command with      
                    the 'QUIT' parameter, explained later on, or it will not    
                    function properly.

     local        - This parameter will load Iniquity in local mode only        
                    and will disable all modem I/O that would normally occur.   
                    You don't need a FOSSIL driver or a modem to use Iniquity   
                    as long as this parameter is used.

     logon        - This parameter will immediately start Iniquity in the       
                    logon screen, avoiding the WFC screen and jumping right     
                    into the board. When the user has completed his/her         
                    session, Iniquity will automatically return to the WFC      
                    screen and enable all modem I/O.

     menu         - This parameter will load Iniquity in the MENU EDITOR,       
                    avoiding the WFC screen, giving you the ability to add,     
                    edit, or delete any menu's that can or will be used in      
                    your current or future menu set, when you've completed      
                    your session Iniquity will return to the DOS environment.


     modem        - This parameter will load Iniquity into the MODEM            
                    CONFIGURATION EDITOR, you can directly configure how        
                    you're modem is going to behave, whether it will answer     
                    calls, or what connection message will be used, the         
                    comport you're modem uses, most things a modem will need    
                    to act accordingly to the way you want it to. When you've   
                    completed you're modifications to the setup, Iniquity       
                    returns you to the DOS environment.

     node xx      - By using this parameter you are able to load Iniquity       
                    into a different node, 'xx' will be the node number used    
                    by Iniquity to allow multiple NODES access to the           
                    system. You can also use this parameter with the 'MODEM'    
                    parameter so as to set up a specific modem configuration    
                    file for each node.

     nofx         - By utilizing this parameter you can disable all fading      
                    in the WFC screen, you must have a VGA screen to use the    
                    fading, if not it is suggested you use this command to      
                    disable the fading screens.

     ovrbuf xxxx  - This parameter is used to raise the amount of memory        
                    used by the overlay buffer, the initial amount is 64        
                    kbytes, and an additional 'xxxx' kbytes of memory will be   
                    added to enlarge the amount of memory used by Iniquity.     
                    This can be used if you're finding that there is a lot of   
                    hard disk swapping going on, as unless you've disabled      
                    EMS usage, Iniquity will push all swapping of overlays      
                    into the allotted memory.

     pack         - By using this option, you will allow Iniquity the           
                    ability to control the size of the message files, within    
                    reason, by PACKING, also known as deleting, all tagged      
                    messages or older messages of which will be rotated out     
                    of the message files. Be warned however that this           
                    function also works on EMAIL, along with NETWORKED          
                    message bases, so be very careful of you're use of this     
                    command. When Iniquity has completed the PACKING phase it   
                    will return to the DOS environment.

     quit         - This parameter, used with other parameters, will force      
                    Iniquity to return to the DOS environment. This is great    
                    for use with front end mailers, or between call             
                    maintenance, allowing you to create a flexible and stable   
                    system.

     sort         - This parameter is used to sort all your files according     
                    to your setup, although it will not delete old files, it    
                    is a good tool to use so your users can find all the        
                    files quickly, instead of having to search through every    
                    area just to find that one vital file. When it has          
                    completed all sorting, Iniquity will return to the DOS      
                    environment.


     string       - This parameter will load Iniquity in the STRING EDITOR,     
                    from here you can edit all strings, pertaining to the       
                    BBS, to display your desired comments. This area has        
                    grown since the first alpha release and will continue to    
                    do so as new features are added and older ones removed so   
                    you must keep an eye out for any changes that will occur,   
                    as they could mess up some of your display's. When you've   
                    completed the modifications to the strings, you will be     
                    returned to the DOS environment.

     term         - By using this parameter you can load up the internal        
                    terminal, from here you can call any number and proceed     
                    to logon to your favourite boards. When you've completed    
                    your session you can be return to the DOS environment and   
                    do what ever you normally do.

     user         - This parameter will load Iniquity's USER EDITOR, thus       
                    allowing you to edit any, or all, user accounts currently   
                    on your system. You can edit them to conform better to      
                    your board, update their accounts, or completely remove     
                    them from the data base. When you've completed your         
                    modifications to the accounts you will be returned to the   
                    DOS environment.

          Shown below are a few examples that can be used to create a desired
          order of events:

          For example:

               Iniquity local modem config node 1 ovrbuf 100

          This would load Iniquity in local only mode with an overlay buffer of
          (100kbytes + 64kbytes = 164kbytes). It will then load up the modem
          configuration editor for node 1, then load up the system configuration,
          returning to DOS when complete.

               Iniquity pack sort

          This would pack all the message and email areas, sort the files, then
          return to DOS when complete.

               Iniquity baud 14400 quit

          This would load Iniquity, with the user already connected, and go
          straight to the logon system. After the user logs off it returns to DOS.
          This allows for Front-End mailers, or per-call maintenance.



                 [ Section 2 - Wait For Caller (WFC) Screen ]

          The WFC screen is where the program waits for a caller, or an event, to
     take control of the system. If an event is to take place Iniquity will use
     the setup of that particular event and complete that phase before returning
     control to the WFC screen. If there is a caller Iniquity will attempt to
     answer the modem, if you have toggled auto answer to on, and then send the
     user to the LOGON screen where they would enter in their name and password,
     or if you have the MATRIX logon active it will present the user with the
     MATRIX MENU. You also have the ability to use certain command options from
     the WFC screen. These commands are displayed in the menu listings at the
     lower right section of the screen, you are able to move between each menu
     listing by selecting the left or right arrow keys. You can also toggle the
     status window by using ctrl-left/ctrl-right. Bellow is a listing of commands
     divided up into their menu listing, we will refer to these menu's as a page,
     as well as a brief description about each:


                          [ Section 2.1 - Page One ]

     Local Logon     - Selecting this option allows you to enter into the       
                       bulletin board system locally, from here you are able    
                       to modify the system to look more what you want it to,   
                       or allow you to do what well call a session, where you   
                       read your messages, or look at the new files, as well    
                       as play a door game or two.

     Exit Iniquity   - Selecting this option will quit out of Iniquity and      
                       return you to the DOS prompt.

     Jump To DOS     - Selecting this option will also return you to DOS,       
                       but Iniquity will not quit. Instead Iniquity will swap   
                       itself into memory and load up a copy of your DOS        
                       environment, allowing you to use commands in DOS, and    
                       essentially looking invisible. When you have completed   
                       your DOS session you must type 'exit' at the DOS         
                       prompt, doing so will close the copy of the DOS          
                       environment, and re-load Iniquity from the swap file.

     Init Modem      - Selecting this option will cause Iniquity to re-         
                       initialize the modem using your pre-defined init         
                       string from the system configuration.

     Hangup Modem    - Selecting this option will cause Iniquity to 'hang       
                       up' the modem allowing user's to call through to your    
                       board.

     Offhook Modem   - Selecting this option will cause Iniquity to 'pick       
                       up' the modem so that any caller trying to get through   
                       to your board will receive a busy signal.


     Answer Modem    - Selecting this option will cause Iniquity to answer      
                       the modem manually. If for some reason Iniquity isn't    
                       answering the modem by itself, if you wanted it to,      
                       and you have to revert to manually answering the         
                       modem, you should check your 'Answer string' or your 'Init 
                       string' in your modem configuration to see if it is correct 
                       for your type of modem. 

     Terminal Mode   - Selecting this option will cause Iniquity to load up     
                       the internal TERMINAL, from here you are able to dial    
                       other numbers, or answer a call. There isn't really      
                       that much information on this option currently, but      
                       Mike hopes to have a fully active terminal as soon as    
                       he can.



                          [ Section 2.2 - Page Two ]

     System Config   - Selecting this option will cause Iniquity to load up     
                       the internal SYSTEM CONFIGURATION editor. From this      
                       editor you can fine tune the control of your board to    
                       the design you want it to represent.

     Modem Setup     - Selecting this option will cause Iniquity to load up     
                       the internal MODEM CONFIGURATION editor. From this       
                       editor you can change the settings of your modem for     
                       the current node only.

     String Editor   - Selecting this option will cause Iniquity to load up     
                       the internal STRING editor. From this editor you are     
                       able to change the display strings to your desired       
                       setting.

     Menu Editor     - Selecting this option will cause Iniquity to load up     
                       the internal MENU editor. From this editor you are       
                       able to add, remove or re-position commands in a menu,   
                       you can also add, remove, or edit menu's in your menu    
                       listing.

     Enter MicroDOS  - Selecting this option will cause Iniquity to load up     
                       the internal PSEUDO-DOS environment, the commands are    
                       limited to pre-defined commands, but by selecting the    
                       'ext' command you can run a program from a real DOS      
                       environment.

     Msgarea Editor  - Selecting this option will cause Iniquity to load up     
                       the internal MESSAGE AREA editor. This editor will       
                       allow you to add, edit, or delete message bases in       
                       your base listing.

     Pack Msgareas   - Selecting this option will cause Iniquity to begin       
                       the internal PACKING of all message bases, including     
                       EMAIL. This will remove any messages that are tagged     
                       as deleted, or if a message base has exceeded it's       
                       maximum messages per base limit, all messages at the     
                       beginning of the message base will be deleted until the  
                       amount of messages in the base is equal to the maximum   
                       amount of messages allowed.

     Level Editor    - Selecting this option will cause Iniquity to load up     
                       the internal ACCESS LEVEL editor. This will allow you    
                       to change certain information that will be given to a    
                       user upon receipt of this security level. Things like    
                       file points, amount of time, maximum amount of           
                       downloads per day, each of these will be applied to      
                       the user's account when they have been validated at      
                       this access level. Each access level has an ID, 'A' to   
                       'Z', 'A' being the new user access level.



                         [ Section 2.3 - Page Three ]

     Protocol Cfg    - Selecting this option will cause Iniquity to load up     
                       the internal PROTOCOL editor. This will allow you to     
                       add, edit, or delete any transfer protocol.

     User Editor     - Selecting this option will cause Iniquity to load up     
                       the internal USER editor. This will allow you to edit,   
                       or delete a user account. When you edit an account,      
                       you have the ability to place several restrictions on    
                       a user, or remove them, and therefore showing the user   
                       that they must be careful about what they do.

     Launch Menu     - Selecting this option will cause Iniquity to jump        
                       right into the menu you choose to load up, you will be   
                       prompted for the name. When you have completed you       
                       session you must log off normally. The account used      
                       when loading up the menu is the SysOp's account.

     Read Email      - Selecting this option will cause Iniquity to display a   
                       list of all the current EMAIL messages sent to you, from 
                       here you can select where you want to begin reading      
                       messages.

     View Mailbox    - Selecting this option will cause Iniquity to display a   
                       list of all the current EMAIL messages sent to a user, you 
                       will be prompted for the user's name.

     Enter Email     - Selecting this option will allow you to enter an         
                       EMAIL message to a user, sending the message is the      
                       same as sending EMAIL through the board.

     Filearea Editor - Selecting this option will cause Iniquity to load up     
                       the internal FILE AREA editor. This option works much    
                       the same way as the message base editor, but this        
                       editor deals with file bases, not message bases.

     Edit Textfile   - Selecting this option will cause Iniquity to load up     
                       the full screen editor, allowing you to edit the file    
                       you were prompted for.



                          [ Section 2.4 - Page Four ]

     Archiver Setup  - Selecting this option will cause Iniquity to load up     
                       the internal ARCHIVER editor. This will allow you to     
                       add, edit, or remove an archiver. Each archiver has      
                       it's own set of commands so be careful with what you     
                       edit.

     File Conf Edit  - Selecting this option will cause Iniquity to load up     
                       the internal FILE CONFERENCE editor. This will allow     
                       you to add, edit, delete, or reposition a file           
                       conference.

     Msg Conf Edit   - Selecting this option will cause Iniquity to load up     
                       the internal MESSAGE CONFERENCE editor. This works       
                       much the same way as the file conference editor, but     
                       this one deals with message conferences.

     Sort All Files  - Selecting this option will cause Iniquity to begin       
                       sorting all file areas to their pre-defined sorting      
                       methods. These sorting methods are set in the file       
                       area editor.

     Stat Editor     - Selecting this option will cause Iniquity to load up     
                       the internal STATISTICS editor. This will allow you to   
                       change some of the boards stats, like start date,        
                       number of posts, number of downloads, etc.

     BBS List Editor - Selecting this option will cause Iniquity to load up     
                       the internal BBS LIST editor. This will allow you to     
                       add, remove, or edit a BBS in the list.

     Event Editor    - Selecting this option will cause Iniquity to load up     
                       the internal EVENT editor. This will allow you to add,   
                       edit, or delete an event in the list. Each event can     
                       be set to run at a specified time, and if that time      
                       was missed because a user was online at the time,        
                       Iniquity will run the event at the next possible time.

     Textfile Libs   - Selecting this option will cause Iniquity to load up     
                       the internal TEXT FILE LIBRARY editor. This will allow   
                       you add, remove, edit any text file library's in the     
                       current LIBS directory.
                         

     
                           [ Section 2.5 - Page Five ]

     Edit Infoforms - Selecting this option allows you to add, edit, or         
                      delete an Info-Form. With this editor you have the ability 
                      to setup the Info-Form in a manor that will utilize specific 
                      function's to create a unique Info-Form.


                          [ Section 2.6 - Page Six ]

          The following options in the page list below are used as information
     screens only. When you select an option screen the bottom left section of the
     screen will fade out, and the fade back in with the a new screen, this screen
     will display information related to the topic you selected. If you have all
     VGA fading effects toggled off, then it will simply switch to the new screen.

     System Info   - Selecting this option will display your computer's         
                     applications screen. If you have a sound card, what        
                     operating system your running under, etc.

     System Totals - Selecting this option will display the bulletin boards     
                     system totals, from the day it was first up, to present    
                     day.

     Today's Stats - Selecting this option will display the bulletin boards     
                     statistics for one day only.

     Last Callers  - Selecting this option will display the last eight          
                     callers that have called your bulletin board.

     Iniquity Info - Selecting this option will display Iniquity's current      
                     information, things like version, who it's registered      
                     to, etc.



                       [ Section 3 - Modem Setup Menu ]

          To load Iniquity's internal COMMUNICATIONS SETUP editor, you must use
     one of three methods. The command line parameter 'MODEM', with the option in
     the WFC screen 'MODEM SETUP', or via the menu command '*M'. Below is an
     example screen of the choices that you will have.



     ŽÜ                   - Iniquity Communications Setup -                  ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

     [A] Modem Configuration
     [B] Command Strings
     [C] Result Strings
     [D] Connect Strings

     ßž[                                                                    ]žß



                     [ Section 3.1 - Modem Configuration ]

          By Selecting option [A] Iniquity will display a screen similar to the
     screen below, but it may not be exact. If you look beside the title 'GENERAL
     MODEM OPTIONS' you will, in this case, see the text 'NODE 1'. If you load up
     the editor under a different node, that number will be displayed in the
     brackets, instead of the one. Also on the screen is a list of your option's
     that allow you to setup the modem's command structure for the current node.



     ŽÜ                 - General Modem Options (Node 1) -                   ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

     [A] Com Port                 Local
     [B] Baud Rate                38400
     [C] Data Bits                8 [standard]
     [D] Parity                   None [standard]
     [E] Stop Bits                1 [standard]
     [F] Locked Port              Yes
     [G] Multi-Ring               No
     [H] Modem IRQ Number         3
     [I] IRQ Address String       02F8

     ßž[                                                                    ]žß



     [A] Com Port          - This option allows you to select what COM port you 
                             wish to use, be it LOCAL, COM1, COM2, COM3, or COM4.


     [B] Baud Rate          - This option allows you to select the maximum baud 
                              rate at which your modem will run at, or the speed 
                              at which you want to have your port locked. These 
                              speed's vary from 300 - 115200 baud, and should be 
                              used accordingly.

     [C] Data Bits          - This allows you to select the data bits which will 
                              be set through the modem to determine part of the 
                              parity. This value can be either 8, or 7.

     [D] Parity             - This option allows you to set the parity rate that 
                              your modem will be configured for.This can be either 
                              EVEN, ODD, or NONE.

     [E] Stop Bits          - This option allows you to set the stop bit rate   
                              that the modem will use to determine when it needs 
                              to stop transferring information, valid options are 
                              1 or 2.

     [F] Locked Port        - This option allows you to lock the COM port that  
                              the modem is using, anyone running a modem at a   
                              speed of 9600 baud or up should lock the COM port, 
                              it will stabilize the connection a little more and 
                              allow for better communication between modems.

     [G] Multi-Ring         - This option allows you to select Multi-Ring       
                              support. You can gain the ability to use Multi-Ring 
                              by contacting your local phone company and they can 
                              go into a deeper description of how it works. If  
                              you've placed this option on your phone lines, you 
                              might like to use this, as you can have one ring for 
                              DATA and two or more for VOICE, or vice versa.

     [H] Modem IRQ Number   - This option allows you to set the IRQ that the    
                              modem is currently configured for, this is COM port 
                              dependent, you must set this if you are using Non- 
                              Standard IRQ's for your modem.

     [I] IRQ Address String - This option allows you to set the address that    
                              the modem IRQ is currently configured for, this is 
                              mainly IRQ dependent, but is also modem dependent.



                       [ Section 3.2 - Command Strings ]

          By Selecting option [B] Iniquity will display a screen similar to the
     screen below. On this screen is a list of options that you will use to
     configure the modem to complete a specific set of commands according to the
     'STRING COMMANDS' that you will use. These 'COMMAND CODES' will be found in
     your modem reference manuals, normally they are called 'AT COMMANDS'.



     ŽÜ                      - Modem Command Strings -                       ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

     [A] Init String #1           ATZ~|
     [B] Init String #2
     [C] Init String #3
     [D] Exit String
     [E] Answer String            ATA|
     [F] Hangup String            ATH0|
     [G] Offhook String           ATH1|
     [H] Dialing Prefix           ATDT

     ßž[                                                                    ]žß



     [A - C] Init Strings - These 'INIT STRINGS' are used to send the modem a   
                            specified set of commands that will be used by      
                            Iniquity to set the initial values of the of the    
                            modem's setup.

     [D] Exit String      - This is the 'COMMAND STRING' that will be sent to   
                            the modem before exiting from the WFC screen.

     [E] Answer String    - This is the 'COMMAND STRING' that will be used to   
                            answer the 'PHONE'.

     [F] Hangup String    - This is the 'COMMAND STRING' that will be used to   
                            'HANG UP' the modem.

     [G] Offhook String   - This is the 'COMMAND STRING' that Iniquity will use 
                            to 'OFFHOOK' the modem when you either quit Iniquity, 
                            or you drop to DOS.

     [H] Dialling Prefix  - This 'COMMAND STRING' is used mainly in Iniquity's  
                            internal TERMINAL mode. This string will be inserted 
                            at the beginning of any phone number's that you are 
                            calling.




                       [ Section 3.3 - Result Strings ]

          By Selecting option [C] Iniquity will display a screen similar to the
     one below. On this screen is a list of all options that an be used to change
     the 'MODE STATUS CODES', a status code is used to identify what the line is
     doing, if it's 'BUSY', or if the other line didn't answer, then you'd see 'NO
     CARRIER' printed on the screen.



     ŽÜ                      - Modem Result Strings -                        ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß
 
     [A] Command Error            ERROR
     [B] No Carrier               NO CARRIER
     [C] Command Ok               OK
     [D] Ring                     RING
     [E] Busy                     BUSY
 
     ßž[                                                                    ]žß



     [A] Command Error - This string is printed to the screen when an           
                         incorrect 'INIT STRING' was used, or an unavoidable error 
                         occurred.

     [B] No Carrier    - This string is printed to the screen when a user has   
                         hung up on the system, or you have hung up on the user.

     [C] Command Ok    - This string is printed to the screen when the 'INIT    
                         STRING' that was used is correct.

     [D] Ring          - This string is printed to the screen when a user is    
                         calling your number, if Iniquity is setup to do so, it 
                         will automatically answer the call.

     [E] Busy          - This string is printed to the screen when the number   
                         you have tried to reach is busy.




                       [ Section 3.4 - Connect Strings ]

          By Selecting option [D] Iniquity will display a screen similar to the
     one below. On the screen is a list of options that will allow you to
     configure the 'RESULT CODES' for your modem. A result code is displayed after
     the modem has answered the call, this code will inform the modem at what baud
     rate that the user has connected at. I warn you against changing these codes,
     as they tend to create weird results. Please refer to your modem's manual
     before you change any of these codes.



     ŽÜ                     - Modem Connect Messages -                       ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

     [A] Connect 300              CONNECT
     [B] Connect 1200             CONNECT 1200
     [C] Connect 1275             CONNECT 1275
     [D] Connect 2400             CONNECT 2400
     [E] Connect 4800             CONNECT 4800
     [F] Connect 7200             CONNECT 7200
     [G] Connect 9600             CONNECT 9600
     [H] Connect 12000            CONNECT 12000
     [I] Connect 14400            CONNECT 14400
     [J] Connect 16800            CONNECT 16800
     [K] Connect 19200            CONNECT 19200
     [L] Connect 21600            CONNECT 21600
     [M] Connect 24000            CONNECT 24000
     [N] Connect 26400            CONNECT 26400
     [O] Connect 28800            CONNECT 28800
     [P] Connect 38400            CONNECT 38400
     [Q] Connect 57600            CONNECT 57600
     [R] Connect 64000            CONNECT 64000
     [S] Connect 115200           CONNECT 115200

     ßž[                                                                    ]žß



                     [ Section 4 - System Configuration ]

          To load Iniquity's internal SYSTEM CONFIGURATION editor, you must use
     one of three methods. The command line parameter 'CONFIG', with the option
     in the WFC screen 'SYSTEM CONFIG', or via the menu command  '*C'. This
     section is probably the most important, next to the modem setup, because of
     the variety of functions that you can set, and change, giving your board a
     unique style, and look. Each selection will bring up a sub menu that has a
     group of options for certain areas of the system. Be careful on what you
     modify as certain sections can give a user too much power over an area, or
     if you have a setting that is too low then people will take advantage of
     that. It's always best to have a friend test out an area once you have set
     the option's for it, as they will be able to find the sneaky spots more
     quickly then what you could. Below is an example screen of the choices you
     will have.



     ŽÜ                   - Iniquity System Configuration -                  ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

     (a) Main BBS configuration           (k) Swapping setup
     (b) Status bar options               (l) Login configuration
     (c) Color configuration              (m) Origin line configuration
     (d) Network address setup            (n) Logging options
     (e) Edit macro strings               (o) Message system config
     (f) Filenames and paths              (p) New user options
     (g) Wait-for-call config             (q) Chat mode setup
     (h)  Miscellaneous options           (r) File system config
     (i) Offline mail setup               (s) New user voting config
     (j) Display preferences              (t) Multinode configuration

     ßž[                                                                    ]žß



                   [ Section 4.1 - Main BBS Configuration ]

          By Selecting option [A] Iniquity will display a screen similar to the
     one below. On the screen is a list of options that will allow you to
     configure the main system information that will be used to define certain
     items of your system.



     ŽÜ                     - Main BBS Configuration -                       ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

     [A] BBS name                 Route 666
     [B] BBS phone number         (603)497-3499
     [C] BBS location             Goffstown, NH
     [D] SysOp handle             Comatose & aOh
     [E] SysOp name               Mike Spenard
     [F] SysOp access password    
     [G] Full sysop access        s255
     [H] Full co-sysop access     s250
     [I] Direct video writes      Yes
     [J] Snow checking (CGA)      No
     [K] Load overlay to EMS      Yes
     [L] Real name system         No
     [M] Show passwords           Yes
     [N] Run Iniquity as door     No
     [O] Check inactivity         Yes
     [P] Inactivity timeout       180
     [Q] Inactivity warning       120
     [R] Local inactivity         No

     ßž[                                                                    ]žß



     [A] BBS Name         - This option allows you to enter in the name that    
                            you want for your board.

     [B] BBS Phone Number - This option allows you to enter in the phone number 
                            of your board, this in turn can be displayed with an 
                            MCI code.

     [C] BBS Location     - This option allows you to enter in the current      
                            location, town or city and the provence or state, that 
                            the BBS resides.

     [D] SysOp Handle     - This option allow you to enter in a handle, or      
                            alias, that you, the SysOp, will be known as.

     [E] Sysop Name       - This option allows you to enter in your real name   
                            that a user can also use to identify you.


     [F] System Access Password - This option allows you to enter in a password 
                                  that will be used by the SysOp and the Co-    
                                  SysOp's when they are attempting to log onto  
                                  your system. If the string is blank all password 
                                  checking will be disabled.

     [G] Full Sysop Access      - This option allows you to set the security    
                                  level (SL) that a user would need in order to 
                                  gain the same access that a SysOp would.

     [H] Full Co-Sysop Access   - This option allows you to set the security    
                                  level (SL) that a user would need in order to 
                                  gain the access that a Co-SysOp would have.

     [I] Direct Video Writes    - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's   
                                  ability to write directly to the screen or route 
                                  all screen writing to the VESA controller. If 
                                  you are using a multi-tasker you must disable 
                                  this option or else it will mess up any screen 
                                  displays.

     [J] Snow Checking (CGA)    - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's   
                                  ability to check for CGA SNOW flickering. You 
                                  only need to use this option when you have a CGA 
                                  video screen and it is flickering when        
                                  displaying information on the screen.

     [K] Load Overlay Into EMS  - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's   
                                  ability to use EMS memory or HARD DISK memory 
                                  for all swapping of overlay units. An overlay 
                                  unit is a group of information that is used by 
                                  the program and is grouped together. Overlaying 
                                  takes place when a unit needs more memory to  
                                  read in all the information into the buffer, and 
                                  in turn will swap, or move, a unit that is not 
                                  being used to a swap area, either DISK space or 
                                  EMS memory.

     [L] Real Name System       - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's   
                                  ability to use a real name system or to allow 
                                  callers to use an alias.

     [M] Show Passwords         - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's   
                                  ability of displaying users their password on 
                                  the remote screen, or if you want to have     
                                  Iniquity display a character on the remote    
                                  screen.

     [N] Run Iniquity As A Door - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's   
                                  ability to run as an external door. If your   
                                  using Iniquity as a door, Iniquity will not drop 
                                  carrier on the user when they have ended their 
                                  session.


     [O] Check Inactivity    - This option allows you to have Iniquity check    
                               the user's inactivity time, if a user has not    
                               done anything while they were online for a set   
                               time period, the will be warned, and then logged 
                               off after a maximum time frame.

     [P] Inactivity Time Out - This option allows you to set the amount of time 
                               that must pass without any activity before they  
                               will be logged off the system.

     [Q] Inactivity Warning  - This option allows you to set the amount of time 
                               that must pass without any activity before they  
                               will be warned of the impending boot.

     [R] Local Inactivity    - This option allows you to have Iniquity check    
                               for inactivity while a user is logged on locally. 
                               If disabled, Iniquity will not hang up on a local 
                               user, local meaning using the keyboard and not over 
                               the modem.



                     [ Section 4.2 - Status Bar Options ]

          By Selecting option [B] Iniquity will display a screen similar to the
     one below. On this screen is a list of options that will allow you to
     configure the status bar options to suit your required tastes as to the
     colours used, or it's type and location.



     ŽÜ                       - Status Bar Options -                         ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß
 
     [A] Enable Status Line                 Yes
     [B] Status Bar On?                     Yes
     [C] Bar Location                       Bottom of screen
     [D] Current Bar Display                6
     [1] Dark Text                          Black On Blue
     [2] Normal Text                        Light Gray On Blue
     [3] Bright Text                        White On Blue

     ßž[                                                                    ]žß



     [A] Enable Status Line  - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's      
                               ability of displaying a status bar on the screen.

     [B] Status Bar On?      - This option allows you to toggle the status      
                               bar's current status, if it is displayed or not.

     [C] Bar Location        - This option allows you to toggle the status      
                               bar's current location, whether it is at the top 
                               or the bottom of the screen.

     [D] Current Bar Display - This option allows you to set the current set of 
                               information that the status bar will display. The 
                               options listed below are the current set that you 
                               can select from.

                               1. USER/REAL/TIME
                               2. BIRTH/AGE/PHONE/PASSWORD
                               3. SEX/LOCATION/ADDRESS
                               4. BAUD/EMULATION
                               5. CHAT REASON/ATTEMPTS
                               6. MEMAVAIL/MAXAVAIL

     [1] Dark Text           - This option allows you to set the colour that    
                               all brackets will displayed in.

     [2] Normal Text         - This option allows you to set the colour that    
                               all user information titles will be displayed in.

     [3] Bright Text         - This option allows you to set the colour that    
                               all user information will be displayed in.

                     [ Section 4.3 - Color Configuration ]

          By Selecting option [C] Iniquity will display a screen similar to the
     one below. On the screen is a list of options that will allows you to set the
     current default colours for the system.



     ŽÜ                   - Default Color Configuration -                    ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

     [A] Normal text              Light Gray On Black
     [B] Dark text                Dark Gray On Black
     [C] Bright text              White On Black
     [D] Normal info              Blue On Black
     [E] Dark info                Dark Gray On Black
     [F] Bright info              Light Blue On Black
     [G] Menu item                Dark Gray On Black
     [H] Selected item            Dark Gray On Light Gray
     [I] Line/border              Dark Gray On Black
     [J] Error/warning            Light Red On Black
     [K] Input color              White On Blue
     ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
     [1] Apply colors to all users
 
     ßž[                                                                    ]žß



     [A] Normal Text    - This option allows you to select the default colour   
                          for all normal text display's.

     [B] Dark Text      - This option allows you to select the default colour   
                          for all dark text displays.

     [C] Bright Text    - This option allows you to select the default colour   
                          for all bright text display's.

     [D] Normal Info    - This option allows you to select the default colour   
                          for all normal info display's.

     [E] Dark Info      - This option allows you to select the default colour   
                          for all dark info display's.

     [F] Bright Info    - This option allows you to select the default colour   
                          for all bright info display's.

     [G] Menu Item      - This option allows you to select the default colour   
                          for all menu item display's.

     [H] Selected Item  - This option allows you to select the default colour   
                          for all selected item display's.



     [I] Line/Border   - This option allows you to select the default colour    
                         for all line/border display's.

     [J] Error/Warning - This option allows you to select the default colour    
                         for all error/warning display's.

     [K] Input Color   - This option allows you to select the default colour    
                         for all Input color display's.

     [1] Apply Colors To All Users - This option allows you to change all       
                                     default colour settings in your user records 
                                     to these new colour combinations.



                    [ Section 4.4 - Network Address Setup ]

          By Selecting option [D] Iniquity will display a screen similar to the
     one below. On the screen is a list of options that will allow you to
     configure network addresses that will be used for FIDO NET style networks.
     A FIDO NET network is where a group of boards are linked together through a
     front door mailer and on a nightly basis, or whenever you feel like it,
     information is transferred to a local HUB, or distributer. The HUB will then
     process the information and send the new information back to the node's. Each
     node is identified through an address that will be given to you from the HUB
     and you place that address into the list below.



     ŽÜ                  - Network Address Configuration -                   ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

     [A] Address #1    0:0/0.0               [K] Address #11   0:0/0.0
     [B] Address #2    0:0/0.0               [L] Address #12   0:0/0.0
     [C] Address #3    0:0/0.0               [M] Address #13   0:0/0.0
     [D] Address #4    0:0/0.0               [N] Address #14   0:0/0.0
     [E] Address #5    0:0/0.0               [O] Address #15   0:0/0.0
     [F] Address #6    0:0/0.0               [P] Address #16   0:0/0.0
     [G] Address #7    0:0/0.0               [Q] Address #17   0:0/0.0
     [H] Address #8    0:0/0.0               [R] Address #18   0:0/0.0
     [I] Address #9    0:0/0.0               [S] Address #19   0:0/0.0
     [J] Address #10   0:0/0.0               [T] Address #20   0:0/0.0

     ßž[                                                                    ]žß


                     [ Section 4.5 - Edit Macro Strings ]

          By Selecting option [D] Iniquity will display a screen similar to the
     one below. On the screen is a list of options that allow you to enter is
     'MACROS'. A macro is a where you set a function key to enter is a string that
     you have typed into the setup. For example if you have set the 'F1' key to
     print the name 'BLACKBALL' then whenever you press the 'F1' key it will print
     the string instead of you typing the whole thing out.



     ŽÜ                       - SysOp Macro Strings -                        ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

     [A] F1  Macro
     [B] F2  Macro
     [C] F3  Macro
     [D] F4  Macro
     [E] F5  Macro
     [F] F6  Macro
     [G] F7  Macro
     [H] F8  Macro
     [I] F9  Macro
     [J] F10 Macro

     ßž[                                                                    ]žß


                     [ Section 4.6 - Filenames And Paths ]

          By Selecting option [F] Iniquity will display a screen similar to the
     one below. On the screen is a list of options that will allow you to change
     where Iniquity will look for certain things. Each option should have it's own
     directory, but if you'd like you can use the same directory a number of
     times.



     ŽÜ                    - Filenames and Directories -                     ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

     [A] Data directory           C:\INIQ\DATA\
     [B] Text directory           C:\INIQ\TEXT\
     [C] Menu directory           C:\INIQ\MENU\
     [D] Message directory        C:\INIQ\MSGS\
     [E] Swapping directory       C:\INIQ\SWAP\
     [F] Doors directory          C:\INIQ\DOOR\
     [G] Protocol directory       C:\INIQ\PROT\
     [H] Temporary directory      C:\INIQ\TEMP\
     [I] Download directory       C:\INIQ\DNLD\
     [J] Logfiles directory       C:\INIQ\LOGS\
     [K] Archivers directory      C:\INIQ\ARCH\
     [L] File attach path         C:\INIQ\ATCH\
     [M] Textfile library path    C:\INIQ\LIBS\
     [N] IPL executable files     C:\INIQ\IPLX\
     [O] Netmail path             c:\INIQ\NETMAIL\  

     ßž[                                                                    ]žß



     [A] Data Directory       - This option allows you to set the directory     
                                where Iniquity will look for all it's data files.

     [B] Text Directory       - This option allows you to set the directory     
                                where Iniquity will look for all the text files 
                                that will be displayed to the user.

     [C] Menu Directory       - This option allows you to set the directory     
                                where Iniquity will look for all it's menu files.

     [D] Message Directory    - This option allows you to set the directory     
                                where Iniquity will store all message base files.

     [E] Swapping Directory   - This option allows you to set the directory     
                                where Iniquity will store all it's temporary swap 
                                files.

     [F] Doors Directory      - This option allows you to set the directory     
                                where Iniquity will store all it's user door drop 
                                information files.


     [G] Protocol Directory   - This option allows you to set the directory     
                                where Iniquity will look for all it's protocol  
                                files.

     [H] Temporary Directory  - This option allows you to set the directory     
                                where Iniquity stores any file that it creates  
                                while a user is online.

     [I] Download Directory   - This option allows you to set the directory     
                                where Iniquity will store any file that you have 
                                download form another site, this option is only 
                                available while you are in terminal mode.

     [J] Logfiles Directory   - This option allows you to set the directory     
                                where Iniquity will store all of it's log files.

     [K] Archivers Directory  - This option allows you to set the directory     
                                where Iniquity will look for all of the archive 
                                programs that you have installed through the    
                                archive setup editor.

     [L] File Attach Path     - This option allows you to set the directory     
                                where Iniquity will store all file attachments. 
                                A file attachment is where you have a message with 
                                a file attached to it.

     [M] Textfile Lib Path    - This option allows you to set the directory     
                                where Iniquity will store all it's text file    
                                library files.


     [N] IPL Executable Path  - This option allows you to set the directory
                                where Iniquity will look for IPL executable 
                                files.

     [O] Netmail Path         - This option allows you to set the directory
                                where Iniquity will store and look for
                                netmail.



                    [ Section 4.7 - Wait-For-Call Config ]

          By Selecting option [G] Iniquity will display a screen similar to the
     one below. On the screen is a list of options that allow you to setup your
     wait for caller, or 'WFC', screen. These option will configure the WFC screen
     to use certain functions, or set time limits on other functions.



     ŽÜ                   - Wait-For-Call Configuration -                    ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

     [A] Allow ESC to Exit                  Yes
     [B] Offhook w/Local Login              No
     [C] VGA Fading Effects                 Yes
     [D] Screen Saver Type                  Text palette morph
     [E] Screen Blank Time                  30
     [F] Default WFC Stat                   Iniquity information
     [G] Connect Seconds                    45
     [H] Modem Re-Init Time                 600

     ßž[                                                                    ]žß



     [A] Allow ESC To Exit     - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's    
                                 ability to allow you to hit the escape key in  
                                 order to exit an option.

     [B] Offhook w/Local Login - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's    
                                 ability to off hook the modem when you have    
                                 logged on locally.

     [C] VGA Fading Effects    - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's    
                                 ability to use the VGA fading effects. If you  
                                 don't have a VGA monitor, or you don't want to 
                                 have screen fading, then you must disable this 
                                 option.

     [D] Screen Saver Type     - This option allows you to set the type of      
                                 screen saver you want to display when there isn't 
                                 any screen, or user activity. These are currently 
                                 the available options.

                                 1. Text Palette Morph.
                                 2. Blank Screen.
                                 3. Disabled (Won't begin screen saver).

     [E] Screen Blank Time     - This option allows you to set the amount of    
                                 time before the screen saver will be engaged.



     [F] Default WFC Stat   - This option allows you to setup a default         
                              information screen that will be displayed when    
                              Iniquity loads up the WFC screen. This display    
                              is placed in the box at the bottom left corner    
                              of the screen and can be switched between screens 
                              through the options on the last page listing of   
                              options. These are currently the available        
                              options that can be displayed.

                              1. System Info
                              2. System Totals.
                              3. Today's Stats.
                              4. Last eight Callers.
                              5. Iniquity Info.

     [G] Connect Seconds    - This option allows you to set the amount of       
                              seconds Iniquity will wait before answering a call.

     [H] Modem Re-Init Time - This option allows you to set the amount of time  
                              Iniquity will wait before re-initializing the modem.



                    [ Section 4.8 - Miscellaneous Options ]

          By Selecting option [H] Iniquity will display a screen similar to the
     one below. On this screen is a list of options that allow you to change any
     miscellaneous option. Things like a display character, to how a pause prompt
     will be displayed.



     ŽÜ                      - Miscellaneous Options -                       ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

     (a) Record local calls                 No
     (b) Last callers shown                 10
     (c) Use textfile libraries             No
     (d) Local sound restriction            Yes
     (e) *? sysop password check            No
     (f) Support remote RIP                 No
     (g) Support TextFX emulation           No
     (h) Multitasker Time Slices            No

     ßž[                                                                    ]žß



     [A] Record Local Calls      - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's  
                                   ability to record any local calls. IF you are 
                                   logging all local calls, your name will be   
                                   displayed in the last callers list for each  
                                   time you log on. All information will also be 
                                   passed into the log file.

     [B] Last Callers Shown      - This option allows you to set the number of  
                                   callers that Iniquity will display in the last 
                                   callers listing.

     [C] Use Textfile Libraries  - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's  
                                   ability to use a text file library to display 
                                   any screens available instead of the screens 
                                   in the text directory. If a file is not found 
                                   in the library, then Iniquity will look in the 
                                   text directory.

     [D] Local Sound Restriction - This option allows you to automatically turn 
                                   all local sounds off when your chat status is 
                                   unavailable.
                                   
     [E] *? Sysop Password Check - This option allows you to set if the bbs
                                   will prompt you for the system password
                                   when you enter the sysop menu.

     [F] Support Remote RIP      - This option allows you to set if the bbs
                                   will support RIP emulation.

     [G] Support TextFX Emulation- This option allows you to set if the bbs
                                   will support TextFX-Ansi/2
     
     [H] Multitasker Time Slices - This option allows you to set if the bbs
                                   will give time slices if you run a
                                   multitasking operating system. Telnet
                                   connections may benifit from this option.


                     [ Section 4.9 - Offline Mail Setup ]

          By Selecting option [I] Iniquity will display a screen similar to the
     one below. On this screen is a list of options that will allow you to
     configure most of the offline mail setup. Offline mail is a form of mail
     packet, messages are grouped together in a larger file and then compressed
     to make that packet smaller. The packet is then transferred to you the users
     system. This is called a QWK packet. Another form to this is called a REP
     packet, where a user has responded to their messages and have compressed then
     into a file which is transferred to the home system and all messages are then
     expanded and placed into the message areas.



     ŽÜ                       - Offline Mail Setup -                         ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

     [A] QWK Filename Prefix      INIQUITY
     [B] Welcome Filename         WELCOME.ANS
     [C] News Filename            NEWS.ANS
     [D] Goodbye Filename         LOGOFF.ANS
     [E] Local QWK Path           C:\INIQ\
     [F] Ignore Time Left         Yes
     [G] Strip AutoSigs           Yes

     ßž[                                                                    ]žß



     [A] QWK Filename Prefix - This option allows you to set the file name      
                               prefix that Iniquity will use for all QWK files.

     [B] Welcome Filename    - This option allows you to set the file name of   
                               your welcome screen, this will be added to the QWK 
                               file.

     [C] News Filename       - This option allows you to set the file name of   
                               your news bulletin file, this file will be added 
                               to the QWK file.

     [D] Goodbye Filename    - This option allows you to set the goodbye file   
                               name to the file you would like to add to the QWK 
                               file.

     [E] Local QWK Path      - This option allows you to set the directory      
                               where Iniquity will store all local QWK files. If 
                               you create a QWK file it will be placed in this  
                               directory, and if you upload a REP file, Iniquity 
                               will also look in this directory.

     [F] Ignore Time Left    - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's      
                               ability to ignore a users remaining time when they 
                               are downloading a QWK file, or uploading a REP   
                               file.

     [G] Strip AutoSigs - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's ability   
                          of stripping a user's auto-signature from each message 
                          before the message is added to the QWK packet.




                       [ Section 4.10 - Display Preferances ]

         By Selecting option [J] Iniquity will display a screen similar to the
     one below. On the screen is a list of options that will allow you to
     configure all settings dealing with iniquitys display and defualt prompts.


     ŽÜ                        - Display Options -                           ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß


     (a) Password echo character            ž
     (b) Remove pause prompts               Yes
     (c) Light character                    ž
     (d) Light "ok" character               ū
     (e) Light "fail" character             x
     (f) Yes/no prompt (yes)                [Y/n]
     (g) Yes/no prompt (no)                 [y/N]
     (h) Yes/no "Yes" word                  Yes
     (i) Yes/no "No" word                   No
     (j) Yes/no bar prompt (yes)             Yes  No
     (k) Yes/no bar prompt (no)              Yes  No
     (l) TextFX tweaked font                No
     (m) "Smart" TFX console reset          No
     (n) Full TextFX video reset            No


     ßž[                                                                    ]žß



    [A] Password Echo Character - This option allows you to set the character  
                                  that will be displayed when a user is entering 
                                  in their password. These characters help to  
                                  prevent another person from getting the users 
                                  password.

    [B] Remove Pause Prompts    - This option allows you to control the        
                                  behaviour of your pause prompts, if this     
                                  option is toggled to ON, then after the user 
                                  hit's the backspace key, the cursor will     
                                  backspace over the prompt, therefore removing 
                                  it from the screen, and continue on from where 
                                  it left off. If the option is toggled to OFF, 
                                  then Iniquity will just move to the next line 
                                  and continue from where you left off,        
                                  therefore leaving the pause prompt alone.

    [C] Light Character         - This option allows you to set the character  
                                  that will be displayed as a 'LIGHT' character. 
                                  These characters are used with wave file     
                                  displays.

    [D] Light "Ok" Character    - This option allows you to set the character  
                                  that will be displayed when a task has been  
                                  completed successfully.


    [E] Light "fail" Character  - This option allows you to set the character  
                                  that will be displayed when a task has fail  
                                  completion.

    [F] Yes/No Prompt (Yes)     - This option allows you to set the Yes/No     
                                  prompt with "Yes" being the default option.

    [G] Yes/No Prompt (No)      - This option allows you to set the Yes/No     
                                  prompt with "No" being the default option.

    [H] Yes/No "Yes" Word       - This option allows you to set the word that  
                                  will be displayed in a Yes/No Prompt.

    [I] Yes/No "No" Word        - This option allows you to set the word that  
                                  will be displayed in a Yes/No Prompt.

    [J] Yes/No Bar Prompt (Yes) - This option allows you to set the Yes/No bar 
                                  prompt display with "Yes" being the default
                                  option.

    [K] Yes/No Bar Prompt (No)  - This option allows you to set the Yes/No bar 
                                  prompt display with "No" being the default   
                                  option.



    [L] TextFX tweaked font     - This option allows you to control the width
                                  of the font so it will look better with
                                  TextFX images.

    [M]"Smart" TFX Console reset- This option allows you to toggle if iniquity
                                  will reset the TextFX consol when a non-TFX
                                  clear scren code is precessed.

    [N] Full TextFX video reset - This option allows you to toggle if iniquity
                                  will reset the TextFX video. Use this if
                                  the color palettes/fonts don't restore
                                  correctly. (slower)




                       [ Section 4.11 - Swapping Setup ]

          By Selecting option [K] Iniquity will display q screen similar to the
     one below. On the screen is a list of options that will allow you to
     configure all settings dealing with swapping. Swapping is where variables
     that are stored in memory are moved to a new location to make room for more
     information. There are two areas that can be used for swap space, EMS memory
     or your hard drive, depending on where you have the most space. If you have
     selected EMS memory, then Iniquity will look for the correct amount of space
     in EMS memory first, if there isn't enough space then Iniquity will store the
     swap file on the hard drive.



     ŽÜ                         - Swapping Setup -                           ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

        (a) Load overlay to XMS                No
        (b) Load overlay to EMS                Yes
        (d) Swap when shelling                 Yes
        (e) Use EMS for swapping               No
        (f) Use XMS for swapping               Yes
        (g) Use EXT for swapping               No
        (h) Protocol swapping                  Yes
        (i) Archiver swapping                  Yes


     ßž[                                                                    ]žß

   [A] Load Overlay to XMS  - This option allows you to toggle if iniquity
                              will load overlay file into extended memory
                              if it is available, otherwise it will use
                              EMS/Disk.

   [B] Load Overlay to EMS  - This option allows you to toggle if iniquity
                              will load overlay file into expanded memory
                              if it is available otherwise it will use disk.
   
   [D] Swap When Shelling   - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's     
                              ability to swap to memory when you are shelling 
                              to DOS.

   [E] Use EMS For Swapping - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's use 
                              of EMS memory or the use of the hard drive when 
                              swapping to memory.

   [F] Use XMS For Swapping - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's use
                              of XMS membory or the use of the hard drive when
                              swapping to memory.

   [G] Use EXT For Swapping - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's use
                              of plain EXT memory(INT 15h) for swapping or the
                              use of the hard drive when swapping to memory.

   [H] Protocol Swapping    - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's                               ability to swap to memory when a user is        
                              downloading, or uploading, a file.

   [I] Archiver Swapping    - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's     
                              ability to swap to memory when a user has caused 
                              Iniquity to compress or decompress a file.




                    [ Section 4.12 - Login Configuration ]

          By Selecting option [L] Iniquity will display a screen similar to the
     one below. On this screen is a list of options that allow you to configure
     certain aspects of the logon functions. Things like passwords, security
     checks between a set number of calls, or security level checks.



     ŽÜ                     - BBS Login Configuration -                      ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

     [A] System Access Password
     [B] Baud Override Password
     [C] SysOp AutoLogin               No
     [D] Use Matrix Login              Yes
     [E] Offer Application?            Yes
     [F] Time Limit Per Call           No
     [G] System Password Login         s250
     [H] Calls Before Birthdate Check  10
     [I] Calls Before Phone # Check    5
     [J] Maximum Logon Attempts        5
     [k] If Ansi isn't detected?       Prompt user to enable ansi and continue
     [l] Minimum connect baudrate      2400
     [m] New user matrix autologin     No
     [n] Invisible mode ACS            s255

     ßž[                                                                    ]žß



     [A] System Access Password - This option allows you to set a password that 
                                  a user must enter correctly in order to gain  
                                  access to the system. If this is left blank, all 
                                  password check is disabled.

     [B] Baud Override Password - This option allows you to set a password that 
                                  a user must enter correctly if the want access 
                                  to the system, but don't have a fast enough baud 
                                  rate. If this option is blank, then any user who 
                                  doesn't have a fast enough modem will be      
                                  dropped.

     [C] SysOp AutoLogin        - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's   
                                  ability of by passing the logon process,      
                                  entering all information is for you, and      
                                  proceeding to the main menu.

     [D] Use matrix Login       - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's   
                                  ability to use a matrix logon menu. This option 
                                  works much like RENEGADE's shuttle logon menu.

     [E] Offer Application?     - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's   
                                  ability to offer a new user application if a  
                                  user is found not to be in the user listing.


     [F] Time Limit Per Call     - This option allows you to toggle        
                                   Iniquity's ability using the time limits 
                                        per call instead of per day.

     [G] System Password Login   - This option allows you to set the       
                                   security level (SL) that a user must have 
                                   before they will be prompted for the    
                                   system password.

     [H] Calls Before Birthdate Check - This option allows you to set how many
                                        calls a user must have between each birth 
                                        date check.

     [I] Calls Before phone # Check   - This option allows you to set how many  
                                        calls a user must have between each phone 
                                        number check.

     [J] Maximum Logon Attempts       - This option allows you to set how many  
                                        times a user can attempt to logon before 
                                        they are either sent back to the matrix 
                                        logon menu, or are dropped by the system.

     [K] If Ansi isn't detected?      - This option allows you to toggle what
                                        Iniquity will do if ansi is not detected
                                        when a user connects.

     [L] Minimum connect baudrate     - This option allows you to set the
                                        minimum baudrate a user is allowed to
                                        logon into Iniquity at.

     [M] New User Matrix Autologon    - This option allows you to have Iniquity
                                        automatically logon new users who sucessfully
                                        apply at the logon matrix.

     [N] Invisible Mode ASC           - This option allows you to set the access
                                        level that is needed in order to login to
                                        the bbs system invisible. (not listed to
                                        the todays callers list)




                 [ Section 4.13 - Origin Line Configuration ]

          By Selecting option [M] Iniquity will display a screen similar to the
     one below. On this screen is a list of options that will allow you to enter
     is a string that will be used for the origin lines that are appended to the
     end of any messages is a message base.



     ŽÜ                        - Origin Line Setup -                         ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

     [A] Origin #1                           [K] Origin #11
     [B] Origin #2                           [L] Origin #12
     [C] Origin #3                           [M] Origin #13
     [D] Origin #4                           [N] Origin #14
     [E] Origin #5                           [O] Origin #15
     [F] Origin #6                           [P] Origin #16
     [G] Origin #7                           [Q] Origin #17
     [H] Origin #8                           [R] Origin #18
     [I] Origin #9                           [S] Origin #19
     [J] Origin #10                          [T] Origin #20

     ßž[                                                                    ]žß


                      [ Section 4.14 - logging Options ]

          By Selecting option [N] Iniquity will display a screen similar to the
     one below. On this screen is a list of options that will allow you to
     configure the log file settings, these are what you want to have recorded in
     the log file.



     ŽÜ                       - BBS Logging Options -                        ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

     [A] System logging                     Yes
     [B] Log line-chat                      Yes
     [C] Log split-screen chat              Yes
     [D] MicroDOS logging                   Yes

     ßž[                                                                    ]žß



     [A] System Logging       - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's     
                                ability to log all system activity to the log   
                                file.

     [B] log Line-Chat        - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's     
                                ability to log all normal chat sessions to the log 
                                file.

     [C] log SplitScreen Chat - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's     
                                ability to log all split screen chat sessions to 
                                the log file.

     [D] MicroDOS Logging     - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's     
                                ability to log all MicroDOS use to the log file.




                   [ Section 4.15 - Message System Config ]

          By Selecting option [O] Iniquity will display a screen similar to the
     one below. On this screen you will see a list of options that will allows you
     to configure the message system settings. Things like security level's that
     one would need in order to post a message, what a user will be asked when
     they are posting, or how the base numbers are going to be displayed.



     ŽÜ                  - Message system configuration -                    ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

     [A] Post electronic mail   s25
     [B] Anonymous post access  s50
     [C] Anonymous automsg acs  s50
     [D] Upload message access  s25
     [E] Autosignature access   s25
     [F] Public attach access   s50
     [G] Email attach access    s50
     [H] Abort mandatory okay   No      [T] Compress area #'s       Yes
     [I] Ask private message    Yes     [U] Echomail errorlevel     100
     [J] Ask private reply      Yes     [V] Ansi quote string       (Ansi codes
     [K] Ask post in area       Yes     [W] Send Netmail ACS        s50
     [L] Ask upload reply       No
     [M] Ask upload email       Yes
     [N] Ask delete email msg   Yes
     [O] Ask kill all email     Yes
     [P] Ask autoquote reply    Yes
     [Q] Default quote lines    Yes
     [R] Max autoquote lines    11
     [S] Ignore conf w/mand     Yes

     ßž[                                                                    ]žß



     [A] Post Electronic Mail  - This option allows you to set the security     
                                 level a user must have before they are able to 
                                 post EMAIL messages.

     [B] Anonymous Post Access - This option allows you to set the security     
                                 level a user must have before they can post an 
                                 anonymous message.

     [C] Anonymous AutoMsg Acs - This option allows you to set the security     
                                 level a user must have before they can post an 
                                 anonymous auto-message.

     [D] Upload Message Access - This option allows you to set the security     
                                 level a user must have before they can upload a 
                                 prepared message.



     [E] AutoSignature Access  - This option allows you to set the security     
                                 level a user must have before they can setup an 
                                 auto-signature.

     [F] Public Attach Access  - This option allows you to set the security     
                                 level a user must have before they can attach a 
                                 file to a public message.

     [G] Email Attach Access   - This option allows you to set the security     
                                 level a user must have before that can attach a 
                                 file to an EMAIL message.

     [H] Abort Mandatory Okay  - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's    
                                 ability allowing a user to exit the scanning of 
                                 a mandatory message base.

     [I] Ask Private Message   - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's    
                                 ability to ask a user if the message is to be a 
                                 private message.

     [J] Ask Private Reply     - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's    
                                 ability to ask a user if the reply to a message 
                                 is to be private.

     [K] Ask Post In Area      - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's    
                                 ability to ask a user if they wish to post in the 
                                 message base after they have completed reading 
                                 all new messages in the base.

     [L] Ask Upload Reply      - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's    
                                 ability to ask a user if they wish to upload a 
                                 prepared message as their reply.

     [M] Ask Upload Email      - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's    
                                 ability to ask a user if the wish to upload a  
                                 prepared message when they are posting an EMAIL 
                                 message.

     [N] Ask Delete Email Msg  - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's    
                                 ability to ask a user if they wish to delete the 
                                 EMAIL message they just read.

     [O] Ask Kill All Email    - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's    
                                 ability to ask a user if they wish to delete all 
                                 EMAIL currently in their mail box.

     [P] Ask AutoQuote Reply   - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's    
                                 ability to ask a user if they want to have     
                                 Iniquity automatically quote the message the user 
                                 is replying to.


     [Q] Default Quote Lines - This option will give Iniquity the ability to    
                               place a default number where a user would normally 
                               select the line numbers when quoting a message. The 
                               user still has the ability to select the line    
                               numbers, but they would only need to hit the enter 
                               key if the default lines were what the user was  
                               looking for.

     [R] Max AutoQuote Lines - This option allows you to enter in the maximum   
                               amount of lines that Iniquity will automatically 
                               quote.

     [S] Ignore Conf w/Mand  - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's      
                               ability to scan all mandatory message bases      
                               regardless of what conference they are in.

     [T] Compress Area #'s   - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's      
                               ability to compress message area number's so that 
                               the numbers will always have a consecutive base  
                               list, and not skip a few in between when a user  
                               doesn't have access to that particular base.

     [U] Echomail ERRORLEVEL - This option allows you to set the ERRORLEVEL     
                               that Iniquity will exit with when a user has     
                               entered echomail during their session.

     [V] Ansi Quote String   - This option allows you to enter in a string that 
                               will be displayed in place of a line that        
                               originally had ANSI codes in it.


     [W] Send Netmail ACC    - This option allows you to set the access
                               level a user must have in order to send
                               netmail.



                      [ Section 4.16 - New User Options ]

          By Selecting option [P] Iniquity will display a screen similar to the
     one displayed below. On this screen is a list of options that will allow you
     to configure the settings for the NEW USER application process. These will
     limit what is asked, and will use the default settings that you set if that
     question was not asked.



     ŽÜ                        - New User Options -                          ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

     [A] New user password
     [B] User alias format                  Capitalized (ie Fiend)
     [C] Default screen length              24
     [D] New user expert                    No
     [E] New user hot-keys                  Yes
     [F] New user yes/no bars               Yes
     [G] New user pausing                   Yes
     [H] New user autoquote                 Yes
     [I] Ask user expert                    Yes
     [J] Ask hot-keys                       Yes
     [K] Ask yes/no bars                    Yes
     [L] Ask screen pausing                 Yes
     [M] Ask autoquote                      Yes
     [N] Ask screen length                  Yes
     [O] Default start menu                 STARTUP
     [P] New user config                    Yes
     [Q] Verify apply command               Yes

     ßž[                                                                    ]žß



     [A] New User Password     - This option allows you to enter in a password  
                                 that a new user must enter correctly before they 
                                 can apply for an account on the board.

     [B] User Alias Format     - This option allows you to set up the format    
                                 with which a user's name will appear, these are 
                                 the current variations that can be used.

                                 1. Normal - As the user entered it.
                                 2. Capitalized - Fiend.
                                 3. Upper Case - BLACKBALL
                                 4. Lower Case - fiend.
                                 5. Proper Case - Peter Piper
                                 6. Small Vowels - FieND.
                                 7. Big Vowels - fIEnd.
                                 8. Small "i"'s - FiEND.




     [C] Default Screen Length - This option allows you to enter in the default 
                                 value that will be displayed to a user when they 
                                 are asked what screen length their screen is.

     [D] New User Expert       - This option allows you to toggle the default   
                                 value a new user will be prompted with when asked 
                                 if they want to use expert made or not.

     [E] New User Hot-Keys     - This option allows you to toggle the default   
                                 value a new user will be prompted with when asked 
                                 if they want to use hot key's.

     [F] New User Yes/No Bars  - This option allows you to toggle the default   
                                 value a new user will be prompted with when asked 
                                 if the want to use Yes/No bars.

     [G] New User Pausing      - This option allows you to toggle the default   
                                 value a new user will be prompted with when asked 
                                 if they want to use screen pausing.

     [H] New User AutoQuote    - This option allows you to toggle the default   
                                 value a new user will be prompted with when asked 
                                 if they wish to have any messages they are     
                                 replying to auto-quoted.

     [I] Ask User Expert       - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's    
                                 ability to ask a new user if they want to user 
                                 expert mode.

     [J] Ask Hot-Keys          - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's    
                                 ability to ask a new user if they want to use hot 
                                 key's.

     [K] Ask Yes/No Bars       - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's    
                                 ability to ask a new user if they wish to use  
                                 Yes/No bars.

     [L] Ask Screen Pausing    - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's    
                                 ability to ask a new user if they want to use  
                                 screen pausing.

     [M] Ask AutoQuote         - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's    
                                 ability to ask a new user if they want to use  
                                 auto-quoting.

     [N] Ask Screen Length     - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's    
                                 ability to ask a new user their current screen 
                                 length.

     [O] Default Start Menu    - This option allows you to set the start-up     
                                 menu that a user will begin at when they have  
                                 logged onto the board.



     [P] New User Config      - This option will allow Iniquity to display a    
                                new user configuration screen after they have   
                                applied to the BBS, so that they can confirm the 
                                entries.

     [Q] Verify Apply Command - This option will allow Iniquity to prompt the   
                                new user if they still wish to apply to the BBS 
                                after the APPLY.ANS screen has been displayed.




                      [ Section 4.17 - Chat Mode Setup ]

          By Selecting option [Q] Iniquity will display a screen similar to the
     one displayed below. On this screen is a list of options that will allow you
     to configure the settings for your chat modes. Things like what the over ride
     password will be, maximum number of time a user can attempt a page.



     ŽÜ                         - Chat Mode Setup -                          ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

     [A] Chat override password
     [B] Chat pager noise                   Yes
     [C] Maximum page times                 3
     [D] Page beeps                         6
     [E] Restore chat time                  Yes
     [F] Availability start time            11:00
     [G] Availability end time              20:00
     [H] Page override ACS                  s150
     [I] Chat inactivity check              No
     [J] Ask leave email?                   Yes

     ßž[                                                                    ]žß



     [A] Chat Override Password  - This option allows you to enter in a         
                                   password that a user with the proper access  
                                   will need to know if they want to page you   
                                   outside of regular chat hours.

     [B] Chat Pager Noise        - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's  
                                   ability of creating a noise when a user is   
                                   trying to get a hold of you.

     [C] Maximum Page Times      - This option allows you to set the maximum    
                                   number of times a user can attempt to page you.

     [D] Page Beeps              - This option allows you to set the maximum    
                                   number of beeps that Iniquity will make when 
                                   a user is paging you.

     [E] Restore Chat Time       - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's  
                                   ability of restoring a user's time when a chat 
                                   session has been completed.

     [F] Availability Start Time - This option allows you to set the time that  
                                   you will be available for a chat session, this 
                                   is the starting period of time.

  
     [G] Availability End Time - This option allows you to set the time that    
                                 you will no longer be available for a chat     
                                 session, a user must know the chat override    
                                 password in order to page you after this time.

     [H] Page Override Access  - This option allows you to set the access level 
                                 that a user must have before they are prompted 
                                 for the over ride option.

     [I] Chat Inactivity Check - This option allows you to have Iniquity test   
                                 for any inactivity during a chat session.

     [J] Ask Leave Email       - This option will allows Iniquity to prompt the 
                                 user if the wish to leave email to the SySop   
                                 after a failed chat attempt.



                     [ Section 4.18 - File System Config ]

          By Selecting option [R] Iniquity will display a screen similar to the
     one displayed below. On this screen is a list of options that will allow you
     to configure the FILE SYSTEM. Things like virus scanners, file points,
     ratio's.



     ŽÜ                    - File System Configuration -                     ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß
 
     [A] Compress area #'s      Yes         [T] Use UL/DL kb ratio  No
     [B] Import descriptions    Yes         [U] Desc filename #1    FILE_ID.DIZ
     [C] Use file point system  No          [V] Desc filename #2    DESC.SDI
     [D] Kb per file point      15          [W] Wrap file descs     Yes
     [E] Use daily DL limit     Yes         [X] Advance file bar    Yes
     [F] Use daily DL kb limit  Yes         [Y] Allow blind uploads No
     [G] No description string  No description
     [H] Virus scan command     SCAN /NOMEM /NOEXPIRE /SUB %FN
     [I] Scan success level     0           [Z] Ask auto-logoff?    Yes
     [J] Upload file age limit  4           [1] Auto-logoff seconds 10
     [K] Strict age tester      Yes
     [L] Delete list filename   DELETE.LST
     [M] Add list filename      ADD.LST
     [N] BBS archive comment    COMMENT.TXT
     [O] External maintenence   No
     [P] Upload search method   All areas and conferences
     [Q] Auto-validate uploads  Yes
     [R] File point return %    175%
     [S] Use UL/DL ratio        No

     ßž[                                                                    ]žß



     [A] Compress Area #'s      - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's   
                                  ability of compressing the file base numbers so 
                                  that the list is consecutive. A user will not 
                                  be displayed a file base that they do not have 
                                  access to.

     [B] Import Descriptions    - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's   
                                  ability of importing the FILE_ID.DIZ or DESC.SDI 
                                  as the file's description.

     [C] Use File Point System  - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's   
                                  ability of using the file point system to     
                                  restrict user's from downloading too many files 
                                  for their access level.

     [D] Kb Per File Point      - This option allows you to set the file points 
                                  per kilobyte that a user will receive as a    
                                  reward after each upload.

     [E] Use Daily DL Limit     - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's   
                                  ability of using a daily file download limit to 
                                  restrict how many files a user can download in 
                                  one day.

     [F] Use Daily DL Kb Limit  - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's   
                                  ability to use a daily kilobytes download limit 
                                  to restrict the amount of files a user can    
                                  download in one day.

     [G] No Description String  - This option allows you to set the string      
                                  displayed when a file currently doesn't have a 
                                  description.

     [H] Virus Scan Command     - This option allows you to enter in the        
                                  command line that will be used when executing 
                                  a virus scanner.

     [I] Scan Success Level     - This option allows you to enter in the value  
                                  that will be returned from the virus scanner  
                                  when a file has passed the virus scanning.

     [J] Upload File Age Limit  - This option allows you to enter in the number 
                                  of years old a file has to be before it is    
                                  rejected.

     [K] Strict Age Tester      - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's   
                                  ability to reject the archive if ANY file in the 
                                  archive is older then the age limit.

     [L] Delete List Filename   - This option allows you to enter in a file     
                                  name that contains a listing of files that    
                                  Iniquity will use to remove files from the    
                                  archive. This file must be in the data        
                                  directory.

     [M] Add List Filename      - This option allows you to enter in a file     
                                  name that contains a listing of files that    
                                  Iniquity will use to add files to an archive. 
                                  This file must be in the data directory.

     [N] BBS Archive Comment    - This option allows you to enter in a file     
                                  name that contains the comment screen that    
                                  Iniquity will add to an archive. This file must 
                                  be in the data directory.

     [O] External Maintenance   - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's   
                                  ability to use an external file maintenance   
                                  program. A file called EXTERNAL.BAT will be run 
                                  when called, this file must be in the data    
                                  directory and it must have the ability to import 
                                  a full path and file name to the command line.



     [P] Upload Search Method  - This option allows you to set the search       
                                 method that Iniquity will use when it is checking 
                                 to see if the file a user wants to upload is   
                                 already on the system. There are currently four 
                                 methods you can use.

                                 1. All Areas And Conferences.
                                 2. All Areas.
                                 3. Current Area.
                                 4. Disabled.

     [Q] Auto-Validate Uploads - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's    
                                 ability to validate any new uploads that the   
                                 system receives automatically.

     [R] File Point Return %   - This option allows you to set the actual       
                                 percentage of what a file is worth in file points 
                                 that the user will receive upon uploading the  
                                 file. If a user uploaded a file worth 20 file  
                                 points and the return percentage was 200 percent, 
                                 then the user would receive 40 file points as a 
                                 reward for the upload.

     [S] Use UL/DL Ratio       - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's    
                                 ability to restrict a user to an upload/download 
                                 ratio, if they've downloaded too many files then 
                                 they must upload in order to gain the ability to 
                                 download once again.

     [T] Use UL/DL Kb Ratio    - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's    
                                 ability to restrict the number of kilobytes a  
                                 user can download as compared to the number of 
                                 kilobytes a user has uploaded.

     [U] Desc Filename #1      - This option allows you to enter in a name of a 
                                 file that Iniquity will look for when searching 
                                 for a description file.

     [V] Desc Filename #2      - This option allows you to enter in an          
                                 alternate file name to look for when Iniquity is 
                                 searching for a description file.

     [W] Wrap File Descs       - This option allows Iniquity to wrap a file     
                                 description that is too wide, or just out right 
                                 clip it off.

     [X] Advance File Bar      - This option allows Iniquity to advance the     
                                 file bar to the next file when a user has flagged 
                                 a file.

     [Y] Allow Blind Uploads   - This option allows you to have Iniquity accept 
                                 files that the user uploaded, but were not in the 
                                 uploads queue, hence the term blind upload.

     [Z] Ask Auto-Logoff?      - This option allows you to have Iniquity prompt
                                 the user if they would like to be automatically
                                 loged off after a file transfer.

     [1] Auto-Logoff seconds   - This option allows you to set the number of
                                 seconds Iniquity will wait to auto logoff a user.


                   [ Section 4.18 - New User Voting Config ]

          By selection option [S] Iniquity will display a screen similar to the
     one displayed below. On this screen is a list of options that will allow you
     to configure the NEW USER VOTING system. Things like the number of votes
     needed to be validated or deleted.



     ŽÜ                     - New User Voting Config -                       ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß
 
     [A] "Yes" votes to validate  0
     [B] "No" votes to delete     0
     [C] Unvalidated user access
     [D] Access to vote
     [E] Comment initials         No
     [F] Validation level         
     [G] Use new user voting?     No
 
     ßž[                                                                    ]žß



     [A] "Yes" Votes To Validate - This option allows you to set the number of  
                                   'Yes' votes a new user would need before they 
                                   are validated.

     [B] "No" Votes To Delete    - This option allows you to set the number of  
                                   'No' votes a new user would need before their 
                                   application is deleted.

     [C] Unvalidated User Access - This option allows you to set the access     
                                   level a user must have before they are subject 
                                   to a new user vote.

     [D] Access To Vote          - This option allows you to set the access     
                                   level that a user must have before they can  
                                   vote.

     [E] Comment Initials        - This option allows Iniquity to append the    
                                   voters initials to any comments about the new 
                                   user.

     [F] Validation Level        - This option allows you to set the access     
                                   level (A-Z) that a new user is validated to  
                                   once they have the required number of yes    
                                   votes.

     [G] Use New User Voting?    - This option allows you to have Iniquity use  
                                   the new user voting option.



                   [ Section 4.19 - Multinode Configuration ]

          By selection option [T] Iniquity will display a screen similar to the
     one displayed below. On this screen is a list of options that will allow you
     to configure Iniquity's multinode settings.



     ŽÜ                     - New User Voting Config -                       ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß
 
     [A] Multinode system?    Yes

     ßž[                                                                    ]žß



     [A] Multinode System? - This option allows you to set if Iniquity
                             will be allowed to use multiple nodes.
                               
                              



                        [ Section 5 - The Menu Editor ]

          To load Iniquity's internal MENU editor, you must use one of three
     methods. The command line parameter 'MENU', with the option in the WFC screen
     'MENU EDITOR', or via the menu command '*#'. When you have successfully
     entered into the menu editor, then a screen similar to the one displayed
     below will be shown on your screen. This scree gives you a list of options
     and a list of your current menu set. From this screen you are given the
     option to add, edit or remove a menu.



        Iniquity Menu Editing System
     ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
     AUTOMSG    AUTOSIG    BBSLIST    DOOR       EMAIL      FILE       GLOBAL
     GOODBYE    MAIN       MATRIX     MESSAGE    NEWUSER    ONELINER   QWKMAIL
     SCANFILE   SCANMSG    STARTUP    SYSOP
     ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
     -- [A]dd menu [D]elete menu [E]dit menu [Esc]Quit ł Command:



     [A]dd Menu    - This option allows you to add a new menu to your current   
                     menu set. When a menu has initially been added to the set it 
                     will always start with one menu command pre-entered in the 
                     menu. This command allows a user to return to the menu they 
                     had called the new one from.

     [D]elete Menu - This option allows you to delete an old menu from your     
                     current menu set. When a menu has been removed you should  
                     always double check your menu's to make sure you've removed 
                     all the commands that call the old menu.

     [E]dit Menu   - This option allows you to edit a menu in your current menu 
                     set. By editing a menu you are given the options of adding, 
                     changing, or removing commands from the menu being edited.




                    [ Section 5.1 - Edit Menu Information ]

          After you have chosen the menu you wish to edit, Iniquity will display
     a screen similar to the one displayed below. This screen allows you to edit
     the general information of the menu, not the commands in the menu, but just
     the information settings that determine how a menu is to act.



     ŽÜ                 - Iniquity Menu Editor [MAIN.MNU] -                  ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

     [A] Menu type           Normal
     [B] Menu title          Main Menu
     [C] Prompt name         main
     [D] Help filename       MAIN
     [E] Menu prompt         %%MENUPMT1
     [F] Access                                   [1] Clear before    Yes
     [G] Password                                 [2] Center title    Yes
     [H] Fallback menu       MAIN                 [3] Show prompt     Yes
     [I] Expert status       Normal               [4] Pause before    Yes
     [J] Generic columns     3                    [5] Global use      Yes
     [K] Hotkey status       Normal               [6] Upcase input    Yes

     [Space] Edit menu commands

     ßž[                                                                    ]žß



     [A] Menu Type      - This option allows you to change the general display  
                          of the menu. These are the current display sets that  
                          can be used.

                          1. Normal    - Normal Screen Display.
                          2. Generic   - Iniquity Creates A Screen Display.
                          3. Light Bar - Iniquity Displays A Light Bar Menu.

     [B] Menu Title     - This option allows you to enter in a title name that  
                          will be displayed when Iniquity is displaying a generic 
                          menu screen. A generic menu screen is what Iniquity will 
                          create as a display when Iniquity cannot find the text 
                          file that would normally have been used.

     [C] Prompt Name    - This option allows you to enter in a string, or a     
                          menu name, that will be displayed with the '%MN' MCI  
                          code.

     [D] Help File Name - This option allows you to enter in a name to a text   
                          file that will be displayed when the menu has been    
                          loaded.




     [E] Menu Prompt     - This option allows you to enter in a string that     
                           will be used as the menu prompt, displayed immediately 
                           after the menu screen has been displayed. You can also 
                           use the %%filename.ext display code, where the file  
                           name is the text file with the menu prompt, and the  
                           extension is an optional entry of a valid screen type.

     [F] Access          - This option allows you to set the access expression  
                           that Iniquity will use to find out if the user actually 
                           has access to the menu.

     [G] Password        - This option allows you to enter in a string that     
                           will be used as a password when a user has called for 
                           the menu. The user must enter in the correct password 
                           before they will be allowed into the menu. To disable 
                           password checking on the menu, you must leave the    
                           option blank.

     [H] Fallback Menu   - This option allows you to enter in the name of the   
                           menu that Iniquity will return to when the user isn't 
                           able to gain entry to this menu.

     [I] Expert Status   - This option allows you to change how the menu will   
                           determine when to use expert mode. These are the     
                           current options available.

                           1. Normal   - This will read the user's account to   
                                         determine what mode the menu will be   
                                         displayed in.
                           2. Forced   - This will force expert mode to be      
                                         used.
                           3. Disabled - This will disable the all expert mode  
                                         settings for the menu.

     [J] Generic Columns - This option allows you to set the number of columns  
                           that Iniquity will display a generic menu with.

     [K] Hotkey Status   - This option allows you to change how the menu will   
                           determine when to use hot keys. These are the current 
                           options available.

                           1. Normal   - This will read the user's account to   
                                         determine what mode the menu will read 
                                         a user's input in.
                           2. Forced   - This will force hot keys on the menu.
                           3. Disabled - This will disable the used of hot      
                                         keys.

     [1] Clear Before    - This option allows you to have the Iniquity clear    
                           the screen before the menu is displayed.

     [2] Centre Title    - This option allows you to have Iniquity center the   
                           title string when a generic menu is used, not when   
                           displaying a normal text file.

     [3] Show Prompt     - This option allows you to suppress the displaying    
                           of a menu prompt immediately after the menu has been 
                           displayed. This is useful for when you want to have the 
                           prompt displayed in the same ANSI file as the menu.

     [4] Pause Before    - This option allows you to force a screen pause       
                           before the menu is displayed.

     [5] Global Use      - This option will allow you to give, this menu,       
                           access to any commands in the GLOBAL.MNU file, these 
                           commands will be added to the end of the current menu 
                           when it has been loaded. A user who calls a command  
                           that resides in the GLOBAL.MNU file will cause the   
                           command to execute it's given function.

     [6] Upcase Input    - This option allows you to have Iniquity change the   
                           user's input to upper case letters, or leave it as the 
                           user entered it.

     [Space] Edit Menu Commands - This option allows you to load the menu       
                                  command editor. This is used to edit the      
                                  individual commands in a menu.



                    [ Section 5.2 - Display Menu Commands ]

          When you have changed the information to the settings you want them at,
     then you can hit the space bar and it will display a screen similar to the
     one displayed below with the list of all the current menu commands that have
     been entered into the menu. From this point you can choose to add a command
     to the menu, edit a command currently in the menu, or remove a menu command
     from the menu.



      Desc                 Num  Keys    Hid  ACS     Cmd  Parameters
     ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
      Message menu         1    M       No   s25     -^   SCANMSG
      AutoMsg menu         2    A       No   s25     -/   AUTOMSG
      BBS list menu        3    B       No   s25     -/   BBSLIST
      Doors menu           4    D       No   s50     -/   DOOR
      Email menu           5    E       No   s25     -/   EMAIL
      User listing         6    U       No   s50     UL
      Note to sysop        7    N       No   s25     EE   1;Feedback
      Page sysop           8    P       No   s25     CP
      Today's callers      9    L       No   s25     LC   All
      Autosig menu         10   S       No   s25     -/   AUTOSIG
      User config          11   C       No   s25     UC
      File menu            12   F       No   s50     -^   SCANFILE
      QWKmail menu         13   Q       No   s50     -/   QWKMAIL
      Your stats           14   Y       No   s25     -F   USERSTAT
      Oneliners            15   O       No   s25     -^   ONELINER
      Infoforms            16   I       No   s25     IN
      Change password      17   +       No   s25     UP
      Play Tetris          18   !       No   s50     TP
      Tetris scores        19   /!      No   s50     TS
     ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
     -- [I]nsert [D]elete [E]dit [M]ove [Esc]Quit ł Command:



     [I]nsert  - This option allows you to insert a new command into the menu,  
                 you will be prompted for the location of the new command.

     [D]elete  - This option allows you to remove a command from the menu.      
                 You will be prompted for the command to delete.

     [E]dit    - This option allows you to edit a command that is currently in  
                 the menu. You will be prompted for the command to edit.

     [M]ove    - This option allows you to move a command, that is currently in 
                 the menu, to a new location in the current menu. You will be   
                 prompted for the command to move.




                     [ Section 5.3 - Edit Menu Commands ]

          When you have selected a command to edit, you will see a screen similar
     to the one displayed below. This screen has a list of options that allow you
     to change the settings of all the commands in a menu, not all at once, but
     one at a time. Sounds time consuming, but after you have grown used to the
     system you become faster.



     ŽÜ                  - Iniquity Menu Command Editor -                    ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

     --- Current command     1 of 19
     [A] Description         Message menu
     [B] Command help        Goto the message menu
     [C] Menu keys           M
     [D] Access              s25
     [E] Menu command        -^
     [F] Parameters          SCANMSG
     [G] Hidden              No
     [H] ON matrix string    Message Menu
     [I] OFF matrix string   Message Menu
     [X] X coord               1
     [Y] Y coord               1
     [[] Previous
     []] Next
     [?] List commands

     ßž[                                                                    ]žß



     [A] Description  - This option allows you to enter a string that will be   
                        used as the description of the command's function. This 
                        string will be displayed during a generic screen display.

     [B] Command Help - This option allows you to enter in a string that will be 
                        used as the help line. This line will be displayed when 
                        a user has requested help on a command.

     [C] Menu Keys    - This option allows you to enter in the character that   
                        will be used to activate the command. You must keep in  
                        mind that you are allowed to use one character to activate 
                        a list of commands, this is called 'STACKING MENU       
                        COMMANDS' it is a very useful tool to keep in mind.

     [D] Access       - This option allows you to set the access expression     
                        that Iniquity will use to determine who is able to use the 
                        command and who isn't, all commands are still loaded into 
                        the menu stack, but if the user calls a command that they 
                        cannot access, a message will be displayed explaining that 
                        they don't have access to use that command.

     [E] Menu Command - This option allows you to set the actual menu command   
                        that take place once it has been activated, each menu   
                        command is different from another so you've got to be   
                        careful which command you choose. These menu commands are 
                        explained, in detail, in the section following this one.

     [F] Parameters - This option allows you to enter in a parameter for the    
                      menu commands that require it. Each command that uses a   
                      parameter will act differently depending on the parameter. 
                      These parameters are explained in the section following this 
                      one.

     [G] Hidden     - This option allows you to "hide" this menu command from   
                      the screen. If you do so a user will not see the description 
                      of the command and, unless they are lucky and hit the key 
                      by accident, will not know that it exists.


     [H] ON matrix string - This option allows you to to set the lightbar ON string
                            Iniquity will display when using the X,Y coordinate lightbar
                            system for this menu command.

     [H] OFF matrix string - This option allows you to to set the lightbar OFF string
                            Iniquity will display when using the X,Y coordinate lightbar
                            system for this menu command.


     [X] X Coord    - This option allows you to set the X Position Iniquity will
                      use for the ON/OFF string.

     [Y] Y Coord    - This option allows you to set the Y Position Iniquity will
                      use for the ON/OFF string.

     [[] Previous   - This option allows you to move back in the menu command
                      set, for example if you are editing command number 14 and 
                      you want to edit command number 10, all you need to do is 
                      hit this key till that command is displayed.

     []] Next       - This option allows you to move forward in the menu        
                      command set, for example if you are editing command number 
                      10 and want to edit command number 14, all you need to do 
                      is hit this key till that command is displayed.


     [?] List Commands - This option allows you to list all of menu commands
                         possible within Iniquity.


 


                        [ Section 5.4 - Menu Commands ]

          Menu commands are used to define or give a command a particular function
     within the menu. Each command has it's own uses, and with those uses one can
     create a unique system.  Some commands accept, or modify, something called
     an input string. An input string is a modifiable form of variable that can
     be used to do small tests, or display a user's response in a certain area.
     Other commands use a parameter list, these parameters can be referred to, and
     will be, as command strings. The command strings that are enclosed in the
     "<>" brackets are used as mandatory indicators, these command strings must
     exist or else the command will not work. Other command strings that are
     enclosed in the "[]" brackets are used as optional indicators, these command
     strings do not need to be in the parameter list in order for the command to
     work. Other command don't require a command string and so the parameters will
     be referred to as "NONE".



                       [ Section 5.4.1 - Auto-Message ]

     Menu Command  : AR
     Menu Function : This command is used to reply to the author of the auto-   
                     message.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : AS
     Menu Function : This command is used to display the auto-message on the    
                     screen, allowing the user to read the message.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : AW
     Menu Function : This command is used to allow the user to write an auto-   
                     message using the full screen editor, this will replace the 
                     current message.
     Parameter List: NONE



                      [ Section 5.4.2 - Auto-Signature ]

     Menu Command  : SD
     Menu Function : This command is used to delete an auto-signature that the  
                     user currently has, removing all information of the auto-  
                     signature in the users data base. The user will be prompted 
                     for acceptance before deletion occurs.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : SE
     Menu Function : This command is used to edit the user's current auto-      
                     signature. All modifications will be made through the full 
                     screen editor screen.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : SS
     Menu Function : This command is used to display the user's current auto-   
                     signature.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : SU
     Menu Function : This command is used to upload an auto-signature that the  
                     user has already made, if the auto-signature is too big,   
                     Iniquity will cut it off at the maximum number of lines aloud 
                     and then place it into the user's data base.
     Parameter List: NONE


                  [ Section 5.4.3 - Bulletin Board Listing ]

     Menu Command  : BA
     Menu Function : This command is used to add a new bulletin board to the    
                     current list.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : BC
     Menu Function : This command is used to clear the entire list of all       
                     systems currently listed. If you use the command string,   
                     'ASK', then Iniquity will ask the user for confirmation    
                     before any deletion occurs.
     Parameter List: [Ask]

                     Ask   -> Confirmation Before Deletion.
                     Blank -> Deletion With No Confirmation.

     Menu Command  : BD
     Menu Function : This command is used to delete only one system at a time   
                     from the list. If you have already defined a number in the 
                     command string then Iniquity will delete that system from the 
                     list. If you use the command string, 'ASK', then Iniquity  
                     will prompt before any deletion of a system is done.
     Parameter List: [#], [Ask]

                     Ask   -> Confirmation Before Deletion.
                     #     -> Deletion of System #.
                     Blank -> Deletion With No Confirmation.

     Menu Command  : BL
     Menu Function : This command is used to display the list to the screen.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : BS
     Menu Function : This command is used to display only one entry, if you use 
                     a number in the command string, then Iniquity will display 
                     only that system.
     Parameter List: [#]

                     #     -> Display System #.
                     Blank -> Prompt User For System #.



                      [ Section 5.4.4 - Door Execution ]

     Menu Command  : D0
     Menu Function : This command is used to execute a door with out creating a 
                     door drop file.
     Parameter List: 

     Menu Command  : D1
     Menu Function : This command is used to create a DORINFO#.DEF drop file,   
                     where # is the node number, and then execute the door program 
                     in the command string.
     Parameter List: 

     Menu Command  : D2
     Menu Function : This command is used to create a DOOR.SYS drop file and    
                     then execute the door program in the command string.
     Parameter List: 

     Menu Command  : D3
     Menu Function : This command is used to create a CHAIN.TXT drop file and   
                     then execute the door program in the command string.
     Parameter List: 

     Menu Command  : DZ
     Menu Function : This command is used to create all of the drop files,
                     DORINFO#.DEF, DOOR.SYS, and CHAIN.TXT.
                     
     Parameter List: 


     The following is a list of MCI code's that can be used in the command string
     of door drop menu commands only, these codes, as well as regular MCI codes
     can be used to soft code a path command allowing multiple nodes to use the
     same menu.

     %PD - Path To Data Files.
     %PT - Path To Text Files.
     %PM - Path To Menu Files.
     %PP - Path To External Protocols.
     %PL - Path To Log Files.
     %PA - Path To External Archives.
     %BR - Current On-line Baud Rate (0 If Local).
     %BP - Modem's Locked Baud Rate.
     %CP - Modem COM Port Number.



                           [ Section 5.4.5 - Email ]

     Menu Command  : E+
     Menu Function : This command is used to enable a read tag usage, limiting  
                     the user to only be able to read EMAIL messages of the     
                     current read tag.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : E-
     Menu Function : This command is used to disable read tag usage, enabling   
                     the user to read all EMAIL sent to their mail box.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : E/
     Menu Function : This command is used to set the outgoing EMAIL tag to an   
                     identifier (0 to 64000) in the command string. Any EMAIL   
                     written after the tag is set will be tagged with this      
                     identifier until it has been changed or the user has logged 
                     off.
     Parameter List: 

     Menu Command  : E\
     Menu Function : This command is used to set the incoming EMAIL tag to an   
                     identifier (0 to 64000) in the command string. When the    
                     identifier has been set then the user can only read EMAIL  
                     that is tagged with that identifier until it is changed, or 
                     the user logs off.
     Parameter List: 

     Menu Command  : EC
     Menu Function : This command is used to check the user's mail box to see   
                     if there is any mail waiting for them. If EMAIL is found then 
                     Iniquity will prompt the user if they wish to read the     
                     messages now.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : EE
     Menu Function : This command is used to enter EMAIL to a user. If a        
                     destination has been assigned in the command string then the 
                     message will be sent to that user. If the subject has been 
                     assigned in the command string then that will be the default 
                     subject title. If AskUpload is assigned in the command string 
                     then Iniquity will prompt the user if they want to upload a 
                     prepared message.
     Parameter List: [Destination];[Subject];[AskUpload]

                     Destination -> Sent To Destination.
                     Subject     -> Default Subject Title.
                     AskUpload   -> Default's To YES, NO Will Prevent Inquiry.
                     Blank       -> Will Prompt User If A Field Is Blank.



     Menu Command  : ER
     Menu Function : This command is used to read EMAIL if it exists in the     
                     user's main box.
     Parameter List: NONE



                           [ Section 5.4.6 - File ]

     Menu Command  : F[
     Menu Function : This command is used to return to the previous file area.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : F]
     Menu Function : This command is used to move to the next file area.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : F+
     Menu Function : This command is used to add a file to the user's download  
                     batch list. If you have specified a file name in the command 
                     string then that file will be added to the batch.
     Parameter List: [File Name]

                     File Name -> File Name Added To Batch List.
                     Blank     -> Will Prompt User For File Name.

     Menu Command  : FA
     Menu Function : This command is used to display the current file area      
                     listing within the current conference.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : FC
     Menu Function : This command is used to change to a different file area,   
                     if the file area number is in the command string then      
                     Iniquity will change to that area.
     Parameter List: [#]
                 
                     #     -> Change To File Area #.
                     Blank -> Prompt User For File Area.

     Menu Command  : FD
     Menu Function : This command is used to download a file, if there is a     
                     file name present in the command string then that file will 
                     be downloaded. If the user has added files to their batch  
                     list, then Iniquity will send those files instead of       
                     prompting the user for the filenames.
     Parameter List: [File Name]

                     File Name -> Download File Name.
                     Blank     -> Prompt User For File Name.

     Menu Command  : FF
     Menu Function : This command will prompt the user for a filespec to search 
                     for, and if the user wants to search all areas and         
                     conferences. Wildcards are allowed.
     Paramter List : NONE


     Menu Command  : FI
     Menu Function : This command is used to display any file information that  
                     Iniquity has stored in the data base. If there is a file name 
                     present in the command string, then that files information 
                     will be displayed.
     Parameter List: [File Name]

                     File Name -> Display File Name's Information.
                     Blank     -> Prompt User For File Name.

     Menu Command  : FJ
     Menu Function : This command is used to change to a different file         
                     conference. If LIST is found in the command string, then   
                     Iniquity will list all the file conferences that the user has 
                     access to. If a KEY is found in the command string, then   
                     Iniquity will change to the conference that corresponds to 
                     the KEY.
     Parameter List: [KEY],[LIST]

                     List  -> Will List Conferences Before Prompting.
                     Key   -> Will Change To Conference Key.
                     Blank -> Will Prompt User For Key.

     Menu Command  : FL
     Menu Function : This command is used to list files in the current file     
                     base.If ASK is found in the command string, then Iniquity  
                     will prompt the user for the file specifications to look for.
     Parameter List: [ASK]

                     Ask   -> Prompt For File Specifications.
                     Blank -> List All Files In Base.

     Menu Command  : FN
     Menu Function : This command is used to scan for all new files since the   
                     caller last scanned the file bases. If ALL is found in the 
                     command string, then Iniquity will search all file bases that 
                     the user has access to. If a File area # is found in the   
                     command string, then Iniquity will only search that file area 
                     as long as the user has access to it.
     Parameter List: [#], [ALL]

                     All   -> Scan All File Areas.
                     #     -> Scan File Area # Only.
                     Blank -> Ask For File Area.

     Menu Command  : FS
     Menu Function : This command is used to change the user's new scan pointer 
                     date to what ever the user wishes.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : FU
     Menu Function : This command is used to upload a file to the system.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : FV
     Menu Function : This command is used to view the contents of a compressed  
                     file. If a file name is found in the command string then   
                     Iniquity will display the contents of that file.
     Parameter List: [File Name]

                     File Name -> Display Contents Of File Name.
                     Blank     -> Prompt User For File Name.

     Menu Command  : FZ
     Menu Function : This command is used to display the file conference        
                     listing.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : F#
     Menu Function : This command is used in a menu file to change to
                     a file area when that file area number is entered
                     at the menu.
                     Keys must be '#' for this too work.

     Parameter List: NONE


                          [ Section 5.4.7 - Log Off ]

     Menu Command  : HC
     Menu Function : This command is used to prompt the user with a YES/NO      
                     question appended to the command string, when the user     
                     chooses to log off, Iniquity will display the LOGOFF.EXT   
                     screen and then hang up.
     Parameter List: 

     Menu Command  : HI
     Menu Function : This command used by the user to log off the system. If a  
                     string is found in the command string, then this will be   
                     displayed to the user before they are dropped.
     Parameter List: [String]

                     String -> String Displayed To User Before Hanging Up.
                     Blank  -> Hangs Up, No String Is Displayed.

     Menu Command  : HM
     Menu Function : This command is used to display a string, then the         
                     LOGOFF.EXT file before hanging up on the user.
     Parameter List: 




                       [ Section 5.4.8 - Matrix Logon ]
    
     Menu Command  : >A
     Menu Function : This command is used by a user to apply to the system for  
                     an account.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : >C
     Menu Function : This command is used by the user to page the SysOp.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : >H
     Menu Function : This command is used by the matrix logon menu to allow the 
                     user to logoff the system.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : >L
     Menu Function : This command is used by the user to log on to the system.
     Parameter List: NONE




                         [ Section 5.4.9 - Message ]

     Menu Command  : M[
     Menu Function : This command is used to return to the previous message     
                     base.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : M]
     Menu Function : This command is used to change to the next message base.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : MA
     Menu Function : This command is used to display the message base listing.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : MC
     Menu Function : This command is used to change to a different message area. 
                     If there is a message area # present in the command string, 
                     then Iniquity will change to that area.
     Parameter List: [#]

                     #     -> Change To Message Area #.
                     Blank -> Prompt User For Area Number.

     Menu Command  : MJ
     Menu Function : This Command is used to change to a different message      
                     conference. If LIST is present in the command string, then 
                     Iniquity will list all conferences that the user has access 
                     to. If a conference KEY is found in the command string, then 
                     Iniquity will change to that conference as long as the user 
                     has access.
     Parameter List: [KEY],[LIST]

                     List  -> List Conferences Before Prompting User.
                     Key   -> Change To Conference Key.
                     Blank -> Prompt User For Conference Key.

     Menu Command  : MM
     Menu Function : This command is used to new scan any mandatory message     
                     areas that exist in the message conferences. If a message  
                     area # is found in the command string, then Iniquity will  
                     only scan that message base for new messages.
     Parameter List: [#]

                     #     -> New Scan Message Area # Only.
                     Blank -> Scan All Mandatory Message Areas.


     Menu Command  : MN
     Menu Function : This command is used to scan a message areas for new       
                     messages. If ALL is found in the command string, then      
                     Iniquity will scan all of the message areas. If a message  
                     area # is found in the command string, then Iniquity will  
                     only scan that message base.
     Parameter List: [ALL],[#]

                     All   -> Scan All Message Areas.
                     #     -> Scan Message Area # Only.
                     Blank -> Prompt For Message Area.

     Menu Command  : MP
     Menu Function : This command is used to post a message in the current      
                     message base. If the destination field is filled in the    
                     command string then Iniquity will send the message to that 
                     user. If The Subject Field is found in the command string, 
                     then Iniquity will assume that to be the default subject of 
                     the message. If the askupload field is toggled to YES, then 
                     Iniquity will ask the user if they want to upload a prepared 
                     message.
     Parameter List: [Destination];[Subject];[AskUpload]

                     Destination -> User To Send The Message To.
                     Subject     -> Default Message Subject/Title.
                     AskUpload   -> Defaults To Yes, No Disables.
                     Blank       -> Prompt For Missing Information.

     Menu Command  : MR
     Menu Function : This command is used to read any messages in the current   
                     message base. If Mandatory is found in the command string, 
                     then Iniquity will use the rules set for mandatory message 
                     bases.
     Parameter List: [Mandatory]

                     Mandatory -> Mandatory Message Reading Rules.
                     Blank     -> Normal Reading Rules.

     Menu Command  : MS
     Menu Function : This command is used to change the user's message new scan 
                     pointer date to whatever the user chooses it to be.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : MZ
     Menu Function : This command is used to display the message conference     
                     listing.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : M#
     Menu Function : This command is used in a menu file to change to
                     a message area when that message area number is entered
                     at the menu.
                     Keys must be '#' for this too work.

     Parameter List: NONE




                    [ Section 5.4.10 - Miscellaneous ]    
    
     Menu Command  : ?=
     Menu Function : This command is used to place the command string into the  
                     input string variable.
     Parameter List:  

     Menu Command  : ?+
     Menu Function : This command is used to add the command string to the end  
                     of the input string variable.
     Parameter List: 

     Menu Command  : ?/
     Menu Function : This command is used to insert the command string to the   
                     beginning of the input string variable.
     Parameter List: 

     Menu Command  : ?%
     Menu Function : This command is used to process any MCI codes in the input 
                     string variable. To Specify the maximum length a MCI code can 
                     be expanded, you must enter the desired number into the    
                     command string.
     Parameter List: 

     Menu Command  : ?B
     Menu Function : This command is used to present a horizontal light bar     
                     menu prompt. To Display the Options, you must enter up to 20 
                     selections, each separated by a ';' character, in the command 
                     string. This is then followed by the default menu item     
                     number, which is the placing of the item in the command    
                     string.
     Parameter List: ;<#>

     Menu Command  : ?E
     Menu Function : This command is used to toggle the Okflag to TRUE, or      
                     FALSE, depending on the existence of the file in the command 
                     string.
     Parameter List: 

     Menu Command  : ?F
     Menu Function : This command toggles the Okflag to TRUE, or FALSE,         
                     depending on if there is a YES, or a NO, in the command    
                     string.
     Parameter List: 


     Menu Command  : ?I
     Menu Function : This command is used to get input from the user in a       
                     format specified in the command string. The result is placed 
                     into the input string variable and to be fiddled with later. 
                     To format the string properly you must have each item in the 
                     command string properly placed and selected. Each type is  
                     described below. All variables are mandatory save for the  
                     last variable.
     Parameter List: ;;;;[default]

                     Format can be any one of the following:
                       * or N - Normal input, no case conversion applied.
                            C - Capitalize words.
                            U - Upper case.
                            L - Lower case.
                            M - Mixed case (1st letter of words capitalized,    
                                others lower case).
                            V - All vowels small, others in upper case.
                            W - All vowels big, others in lower case.
                            I - I's are small, all others in upper case.

                     Chartypes can be one of the following:
                            * - Any character.
                            I - An 'Integer' number, allows use of '+' and '-'  
                                symbols.
                            F - Valid filename characters only.
                            D - Filename characters with directory specifiers.
                            E - Filename characters without extension           
                                specifiers.
                            N - Numerical characters only (0 - 9).

                     Valid parameters are the following:
                            * - Default parameters.
                          /AA - Allow Aborting (with ESC or CTRL-Z), returns    
                                blank string.
                          /BG - Use editing colour background for input.
                          /MN - Must enter at least one character.
                          /NC - Disable string-cleaning, No Space Trimming.
                          /NR - No carriage return after Enter is pressed.
                          /NE - Disable all ANSI extended line editing commands.
                          /NI - Disable use of 'Insert Mode'.
                          /PW - Password mode. Display pw echo characters to    
                                remote.
                          /RQ - Required input. Must fill string to length.
                          /SP - Allows the use of a space character for the 1st 
                                character.

                The length variable can be any number between 1 and 255. This is 
                the maximum length of the string. It SHOULD be less then 80, or 
                things could get messy, but it can be set up to 255.

                Default is the default string that will be edited. This parameter 
                is optional. If it is set to "*" (No Quotes) the current        
                Inputstring will be used as the default.

     Menu Command  : ?L
     Menu Function : This command is used to place the user's remaining amount  
                     of time left online (In Minutes) into the input string     
                     variable.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : ?N
     Menu Function : This command is used to display the command string with a  
                     YES/NO prompt appended to the end of it, default being NO. 
                     The result is then toggles the Okflag to TRUE, or FALSE,   
                     depending on the response.
     Parameter List: 

     Menu Command  : ?S
     Menu Function : This command is used to toggle the Okflag to either TRUE,  
                     or FALSE, depending if the input string variable is equal to 
                     the command string. This is a case sensitive test.
     Parameter List: 

     Menu Command  : ?T
     Menu Function : This command is used to write the input string variable to 
                     a file specified in the command string. You can denote the 
                     maximum number of lines the file can reach before an auto- 
                     delete occurs by placing the number of lines in the command 
                     string. This command will look in the TEXT directory if a  
                     full path is not given.
     Parameter List: ;

     Menu Command  : ?U
     Menu Function : This command is used to toggle the Okflag to either TRUE,  
                     or FALSE, depending if the input string variable is equal to 
                     the command string. This is not a case sensitive test.
     Parameter List: 

     Menu Command  : ?Y
     Menu Function : This command is used to display the command string with a  
                     YES/NO prompt appended to the end of it, default being YES. 
                     The result is then toggles the Okflag to TRUE, or FALSE,   
                     depending on the response.
     Parameter List: 

     Menu Command  : ?X
     Menu Function : This command is used to place the current ERRORLEVEL into  
                     the input string Variable. This command should only be used 
                     after running an external program, such as a door game or  
                     util.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : -^
     Menu Function : This command is used to goto the specified menu in the     
                     command string if it exists.
     Parameter List: 



     Menu Command  : -/
     Menu Function : This command is used to gosub to the specified menu in the 
                     command string if it exists. The current menu is placed in 
                     the menustack.
     Parameter List: 

     Menu Command  : -\
     Menu Function : This command is used to return to the previous menu, found 
                     in the menustack, if it is possible to do so.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : -<
     Menu Function : This command is used to toggle the remote user's input on, 
                     or off.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : ->
     Menu Function : This command is used to toggle the remote user's output    
                     on, or off.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : -=
     Menu Function : This command is used to set the user's ACS level to the    
                     specifier (A-Z) in the command string.
     Parameter List: 

     Menu Command  : -?
     Menu Function : This command is used to display a help screen of the       
                     current menu. A repeat text file is used as the header file, 
                     middle file, and the footer file. This will have a brief   
                     description of all commands in the menu.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : -C
     Menu Function : This command is used to clear the screen.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : -D
     Menu Function : This command is used to delay for a number of seconds,     
                     which can be defined in the command string.
     Parameter List: 

     Menu Command  : -E
     Menu Function : This command is used to display the command string,        
                     interpreting all MCI and control codes, but will not append 
                     any linefeed/CR's to the end of the string.
     Parameter List: 

     Menu Command  : -F
     Menu Function : This command is used to display a file on the screen, if   
                     the file exists.
     Parameter List: 



     Menu Command  : -K
     Menu Function : This command is used to wait for a single key press after  
                     the command string has been displayed.
     Parameter List: 

     Menu Command  : -L
     Menu Function : This command is used to display a string, interpreting all 
                     MCI and control codes, but this command will append the    
                     linefeed/CR to the end of the string.
     Parameter List: 

     Menu Command  : -P
     Menu Function : This command is used to cause a 'Press a key to continue'  
                     prompt.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : -R
     Menu Function : This command is used to move the cursor down the number of 
                     lines in the command string.
     Parameter List: 

     Menu Command  : -S
     Menu Function : This command is used to set the user's area restriction    
                     (AR) flag by using the command string. You can add a flag by 
                     placing a '+' symbol in front of the flag letter in the    
                     command string, and you can remove a flag by placing a '-' 
                     symbol in front of the flag letter.
     Parameter List: 

     Menu Command  : -W
     Menu Function : This command is used to write the command string to the    
                     log file.
     Parameter List: 

     Menu Command  : -Z
     Menu Function : This command is used to halt all data flow until the       
                     modem's output buffer is empty.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : |B
     Menu Function : This command is used to move the cursor to the bottom  row 
                     of the screen without changing columns.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : |C
     Menu Function : This command is used to home the cursor to the top left    
                     corner of the screen.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : |D
     Menu Function : This command is used to move the cursor down the number of 
                     lines specified in the command string.
     Parameter List: 


     Menu Command  : |E
     menu Function : This command is used to move the cursor to the far right   
                     of the screen without changing rows.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : |H
     Menu Function : This command is used to move the cursor to the top row     
                     with out changing columns.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : |L
     Menu Function : This command is used to move the cursor to the left the    
                     number of columns specified in the command string.
     Parameter List: 

     Menu Command  : |M
     Menu Function : This command is used to move the cursor to the X;Y         
                     coordinate specified in the command string. Where X is the 
                     number in columns, and Y is the number in rows.
     Parameter List: ;

     Menu Command  : |R
     Menu Function : This command is used to move the cursor to the right the   
                     number of columns specified in the command string.
     Parameter List: 

     Menu Command  : |T
     Menu Function : This command moves the cursor to the top row without       
                     changing columns.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : |U 
     Menu Function : This command is used to move the cursor up the specified   
                     number of lines in the command string.
     Parameter List: 

     Menu Command  : |Z
     Menu Function : This command is used to clear from the cursor's current    
                     location to the end of the line. This uses a faster method 
                     then normal as it uses the ANSI code.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : CP
     Menu Function : This command is used to attempt to page the SysOp.
     Parameter List: NONE
  
     Menu Command  : IM
     Menu Function : This command is used to force a user to fill out           
                     incomplete info-forms.
     Parameter List: NONE


     Menu Command  : IN
     Menu Function : This command is used to force the user to fill out         
                     mandatory info-forms then return to the info-form menu where 
                     the user can select an info-form to fill out.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : LC
     Menu Function : This command is used to display the last callers screen.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : NV
     Menu Function : This command is used to check for any new users that have  
                     yet to be voted on, if found Iniquity will present the user 
                     with the voting screen. If the character 'S' is found in the 
                     command string, then Iniquity will display the 'New User   
                     Voting Has Been Disabled' String.
     Parameter List: [S]

     Menu Command  : TP
     Menu Function : This command allows you to play the internal Tetris game.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : TS
     Menu Function : This command is used to display the tetris high scores     
                     screen.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : UC
     Menu Function : This Command is used to allow the user to edit their       
                     current user configuration.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : UL
     Menu Function : This command is used to display the user listing
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : UP
     Menu Function : This command is used to allow the user to change their     
                     current password to a new password.
     Parameter List: NONE




                   [ Section 5.4.11 - QWK/REP Packet Mail ]

     Menu Command  : QD
     Menu Function : This command is used to send a QWK packet to the user, it  
                     will be compressed while the user is online, and sent as soon 
                     as it has been completed.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : QU
     Menu Function : This command is used to receive a REP packet from the      
                     user, this will be processed after it is received and while 
                     the user is online.
     Parameter List: NONE



                     [ Section 5.4.12 - System Operator ]
    
     Menu Command  : *#
     Menu Function : This command is used to enter the MENU editor.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : *%
     Menu Function : This command is used to locally upload a file into the     
                     current file area.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : *@
     Menu Function : This command is used to enter the MESSAGE CONFERENCE       
                     editor.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : *!
     Menu Function : This command is used to enter the FILE CONFERENCE editor.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : *>
     Menu Function : This command is used to send any file that you would like  
                     to have sent, it doesn't need to be in the file areas. If a 
                     file name is specified in the command string, then Iniquity 
                     will send that file.
     Parameter List: [File Name]

                     File Name -> File Name Of File To Send.
                     Blank     -> Prompt For File Name.

     Menu Command  : *A
     Menu Function : This command is used to enter the MESSAGE AREA editor.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : *B
     Menu Function : This command is used to enter the BULLETIN BOARD SYSTEM    
                     LIST editor.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : *C
     Menu Function : This command is used to enter the SYSTEM CONFIGURATION     
                     editor.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : *D
     Menu Function : This command is used to enter the MicroDOS emulator.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : *E
     Menu Function : This command is used to enter the STRING editor.
     Parameter List: NONE


     Menu Command  : *F
     Menu Function : This command is used to enter the FILE AREA editor.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : *H
     Menu Function : This command is used to enter the SYSTEM STATISTICS        
                     editor.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : *I
     Menu Function : This command is used to enter the INFO-FORM editor.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : *L
     Menu Function : This command is used to enter the ACCESS LEVEL editor.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : *M
     Menu Function : This command is used the enter the MODEM COMMUNICATIONS    
                     editor.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : *P
     Menu Function : This command is used pack all message area's. If a message 
                     area number is found in the command string, then Iniquity  
                     will only pack that message base.
     Parameter List: [Message Area]

                     Message Area -> Message Area Number To Pack.
                     Blank        -> Prompt For Message Area.

     Menu Command  : *R
     Menu Function : This command is used to read all EMAIL on the system.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : *S
     Menu Function : This command is used to sort a file area. If ALL has been  
                     specified in the command string, then Iniquity will sort all 
                     file areas. If an area number is found in the command string, 
                     then Iniquity will only sort that file area.
     Parameter List: [All],[#]

                     All   -> Sort All File Areas.
                     #     -> Sort File Area # Only.
                     Blank -> Prompt For File Area.

     Menu Command  : *T
     Menu Function : This command is used to enter the TEXT FILE LIBRARY        
                     editor.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : *U
     Menu Function : This command is used to enter the USER editor.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : *V
     Menu Function : This command is used to enter the EVENT editor.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : *X
     Menu Function : This command is used to enter the PROTOCOL editor.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : *Y
     Menu Function : This command is used to edit the FILE editor, this will    
                     only edit files in the current file area.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : *Z
     Menu Function : This command is used to enter the ARCHIVE editor.
     Parameter List: NONE



                     [ Section 5.4.13 - Time Bank ]
    
     Menu Command  : !D
     Menu Function : This command is used to deposit time in the bank.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : !W
     Menu Function : This command is used to withdraw time from the bank.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : !E
     Menu Function : This command is used to deposit Kbytes in the bank.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : !I
     Menu Function : This command is used to withdraw Kbytes from the bank.
     Parameter List: NONE

     Menu Command  : !V
     Menu Function : This command is used to view the time bank stats.
     Parameter List: NONE



                      [ Section 6 - Access Level Editor ]

          To Load Iniquity's internal ACCESS LEVEL editor, you must use one of two
     methods. The WFC screen option 'LEVEL EDITOR', or via the menu command '*L'.
     A screen similar to the one displayed below will be visible on your monitor
     once you have been able to access the editor. This screen gives you a list
     of options that allow you to modify the access levels.



     ŽÜ                  - Iniquity Access Level Editor -                    ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

       ::: Current level            A
       (a)  Description              New user access level
       (b) Security level           25
       (c) File security level      25
       (d) User note                New user access
       (e) Time limit               25
       (f) Post/call ratio          20%       (l) Max time in bank        0
       (g) File points              0         (m) Max time deposit        0
       (h) Download limit           5         (n) Max time withdrawl      0
       (i) Download kb limit        100k      (o) Max KB in bank          0k
       (j) UL/DL ratio              1         (p) Max KB deposit          0k
       (k) UL/DL kb ratio           10        (q) Max KB withdrawl        0k

                                             (=) Update users
                                             ([) Previous level
                                            (]) Next level

     ßž[                                                                    ]žß



     [A] Description         - This option allows you to enter in a string that 
                               will be used for the description of the level,   
                               making it easier for you to identify what level the 
                               user has.

     [B] Security Level      - This option allows you to set the security level 
                               (SL) that the user will receive when obtaining the 
                               access level. Be careful, if you give a user an SL 
                               level higher then what you really should, you could 
                               find a few things are starting to get messed up.

     [C] File Security Level - This option allows you to set the download       
                               security level (DSL), this is mainly used for file 
                               limits, but it can be applied to just about      
                               anywhere an SL check can be used.

     [D] User Note           - This option allows you to enter in a default     
                               user note, these are mainly used to show another 
                               user the current RANK of a particular user. User's 
                               are also able to modify this option, so it can be 
                               confusing at times, other times it can be hilarious.

     [E] Time Limit          - This option allows you to set a certain amount   
                               of time that anyone who obtains this level will  
                               have each day.

     [F] Post/Call Ratio     - This option is a post/call ratio (PCR) that the  
                               user must maintain in order to do certain things. 
                               When a user has failed a PCR check then they must 
                               post some messages in order to pass the next PCR 
                               check.

     [G] File Points         - This option allows you to set the number of      
                               initial file points that the user will have. When 
                               they download a file, if your using the file point 
                               system, a certain number of these points will be 
                               removed, according to the size of the file. When 
                               they run out of file points they must upload a file 
                               to regain them.

     [H] Download Limit      - This option allows you to set a limit on the     
                               number of files that a user can download in one  
                               day. When they have reached their maximum amount, 
                               then they can't download any more files until the 
                               next day.

     [I] Download Kb Limit   - This option allows you to set up the number of   
                               kilobytes a user can download in one day, when they 
                               have reached their maximum amount, they will not 
                               be able to download anything else till the next  
                               day.

     [J] UL/DL Ratio         - This option allows you to set an upload/download 
                               ratio where a user can download a certain number 
                               of files for every file they upload. If they have 
                               failed their UL/DL check, then they must upload a 
                               file to regain the ability to download.

     [K] UL/DL Kb Ratio      - This option allows you to set an upload/download 
                               kilobyte ratio where a user can download a certain 
                               number of kilobytes for every kilobyte they upload. 
                               If they fail their UL/DL kilobyte check they must 
                               upload a file to regain they ability to download.

     [L] Max Time In Bank    - This option allows you to set the maximum amount
                               of time that can be stored by a user in the time bank.

     [M] Max Time Deposit    - This option allows you to set the maximum amount
                               of time that can be deposited by a user in one day.

     [N] Max Time Withdrawl  - This option allows you to set the maximum amount
                               of time that can be withdrawl by a user in one day.

     [O] Max KB In Bank      - This option allows you to set the maximum amount
                               of KB that can be stored in the time bank by a user.

     [P] Max KB Deposit      - This option allows you to set the maximum amount
                               of KB that can be deposited by a user in one day.

     [Q] Max KB Withdrawl    - This option allows you to set the maximum amount
                               of KB that can be withdrawn by a user in one day.

     [=] Update Users        - This option is used to update all user accounts
                               that have obtained this access level to the current 
                               settings.

     [[] Previous Level      - This option allows you to return to the previous 
                               access level screen.

     []] Next Level          - This option allows you to move on to the next    
                               access level screen.




             [ Section 6.1 - Access Condition System (ACS) Codes ]

          With ACS codes a SysOp is able to gain complete control over what a user
     can do, this may sound communistic or overbearing but look at it this way,
     you wont have to worry too much about someone hacking into the board. With
     full ASC code capability and if your expressions are complete they still wont
     have that many more options that can be damaging to the system. When you
     weigh the benefits of these ACS codes, you'll find that your users will
     actually like them, because it means that your thorough and your system will
     be up longer because no one has any back door capabilities, unlike some other
     systems. There are several codes that can be used, each with it's own
     particular use, and when you combine these into large expressions it tends
     to make things more secure. Each ACS code is explained below in as much
     detail as I can muster.


     =         True if the user is in local mode. This allows for a SysOp to    
               secure certain areas from over the modem use, preventing users from 
               using commands which may or may not be dangerous to the system.

     *         True if OkFlag (See Miscellaneous Menu Commands) is set, if the  
               OkFlag has been left unset, this command will return false and will 
               continue to the next command set, ignoring all information of the 
               current command set, unless otherwise stated.

     Axx       A user must be 'xx' years or older in order for this ACS code to 
               be true, if it returns false, then it will continue on to the next 
               command set, ignoring all information in the current command set, 
               unless otherwise stated.

     Bxxxxx    A user must be connected at 'xxxxx' baud or faster in order for  
               this ACS code to be true, if it returns false, then it will      
               continue on to the next command set, ignoring all information in 
               the current command set, unless otherwise stated. This ACS code  
               will also return true when in local mode.

     Cx        A user must be in message conference 'x' in order for this to    
               return a true response, when it returns a false response it will 
               ignore all information in the current command set and move on to 
               the next command set.

     Dxxx      A user must have a Download Security Level (DSL) of 'xxx' or     
               greater to return a true response, if it returns a false response 
               it will ignore all information regarding the current command set 
               and move on to the next command set.

     Fx        A user must have the access flag 'x' toggled on in order for     
               this ACS code to return true, if a user doesn't have the access  
               flag 'x' toggled on, Iniquity will ignore all remaining information 
               regarding the current command set and continue on to the next    
               command set.




     Gx        A user must be of gender 'x' (M = Male, F = Female) in order for 
               the ACS code to return true, if false Iniquity will move on to the 
               next command set, ignoring all information in the current command 
               set.

     Hxx       If the hour is 'xx' (xx = 0 to 23) or later, then the ACS        
               command will return true, if the ACS command returns false it will 
               ignore all remaining information in the current command set, and 
               move on to the next command set.

     Kxxx      If a user's area code is 'xxx' then this ACS command will return 
               true.

     Pxxxx     A users number of posts must be at least 'xxxx' in order for the 
               ACS code to return true, if false it will ignore all remaining   
               information in the current command set, and move on to the next  
               command set.

     Sxxx      If a user has a security level (SL) of 'xx' or greater then the  
               ACS code will return true, if false then all remaining information 
               will be ignored in the current command set, and Iniquity will move 
               on to the next command set.

     Txxxx     If a user has at least 'xxxx' minutes left online then the ACS   
               code will return true, if the user doesn't have 'xxxx' minutes left 
               online, then the ACS code will return false and Iniquity will    
               ignore all remaining information and move on to the next command 
               set.

     Uxxxx     If the user is number 'xxxx', then the ACS code will return      
               true, if false then all remaining information will be ignored by 
               Iniquity and Iniquity will move onto the next command set.

     V         If a user has a validation level of 'B' or greater, the this ACS 
               code will return true, when false all remaining information will 
               be ignored, and Iniquity will move onto the next command set.

     Wx        If the current day of the week is equal to 'x' (x = 0 to 6,      
               Sunday is 0), then the ACS code will return true, if it returns  
               false Iniquity will ignore all remaining information in the current 
               command set, and continue on to the next command set.

     Xx        A user must be in file conference 'x' in order for the ACS code  
               to return true, when it returns a false response it will ignore all 
               information in the current command set and move on to the next   
               command set.

     Yxxxx     At least 'xxxx' minutes from midnight has to have passed in      
               order for this to be true, if Iniquity returns a false response  
               then all information in the current command set will be ignored, 
               and Iniquity will move onto the next command set.



     Z         To be true, a user's post/call ratio must be greater then or     
               equal to his/her security level requirements, if Iniquity returns 
               a false response all information in the current command set will 
               be ignored and Iniquity will move on to the next command set.


     Iniquity's access condition parser allows logical statements much like those
     found in many popular programming languages. The following logical operators
     may be used when using ACS expressions:

     !     This Logical NOT will inverse any expression that follows the        
           operator, if the expression would normally have returned true, it will 
           now return false.

     &     This Logical AND is used to combine two expression, thus making two  
           requirements needing to be true, not just one.

     |     This Logical OR creates an expression that uses either side of the   
           operator. If one side or the other returns true, then the expression 
           is true.

     ( )   These operators can be used to group sets of expression creating a   
           complex ACS expression, if the entire expression has a return values 
           of true, then execution is continued for the current command set, if 
           the overall result of the expression returns false then all is ignored 
           for the current command set and Iniquity moves on to the next command 
           set.

          The following is a couple of examples for ACS expressions that can be
     used in most situations:


     S100|(S50&A18)    Requires that either the user has an SL of at least 100  
                       or that the user has an SL of at least 50 and is at least 
                       18 years of age.

     !s51|(u1&=)       Requires that the user has an SL of 50 or LESS, or that  
                       he/she is logged on from the local console as user number 
                       1 (Usually the SysOp).




                      [ Section 7 - Text File Screen's ]

          Text file screen's are used by Iniquity to display information to the
     user. All of the file's explained below are hard coded in Iniquity and are
     automatically recognized for use. There are also six type's of codes that can
     be used with the screen's to display variable information, or to move the
     cursor to a desired location without effecting anything else. Below is a
     brief explanation of each type of code.

     %xx  - MCI Code     - These code's are use to display variable text        
                           information, in other words each user will have      
                           different information that will, be displayed due to 
                           their activities on the system.

     |xx  - Control Code - These code's are used to physically move the cursor, 
                           or change a colour, or to cause a delay in the screens 
                           display.

     ~xx  - Wave Code    - These code's are used in modifiable text files for a 
                           variety of things, all of which are dependant on the 
                           type of file used.

     @xx  - At Code      - These codes are used to place the cursor at the      
                           exact location of 'xx' without moving up, or down.

     &xx  - At Row Code  - This code creates row movement of up and down to a   
                           new row on the screen. This code will not move left  
                           or right.

     {xx  - Limit Code   - These code's are used to limit all of the following  
                           MCI codes in the current text file to 'xx' character's 
                           long.

     }xx  - Pad Code     - These code's are used to ensure that all of the MCI  
                           codes in the current text file will be 'xx' characters 
                           in length.
 
     There are also three types of files that can be used to display information
     to the screen, depending on the type of call used. You must be extremely
     careful not to cross these types over, or you might end up with some pretty
     weird screen results.

     Normal - These files are used to display all type's of MCI, Control, AT,   
              Limit and Pad codes, these are not file dependant and can be used 
              freely to create elaborate screens that can dazzle the eye.
    
     Repeat - Repeat files are actually a set of three, sometimes four, text    
              files, consisting of a top text file (header file), a middle text 
              file (using wave codes), and a bottom text file (footer file). The 
              fourth file can be used for only a few other screens, message     
              listing is one type, this file is nick named a high lighter file. 
              All repeat set's MUST have three files, the top, middle, and bottom 
              files or else Iniquity will just ignore them. Repeat files can use 
              MCI, Control, AT, Limit and Pad codes to display the necessary    
              information.

     Wave   - Wave files are identical to the normal text files, except that    
              they each have their own set of wave codes. Each file uses different 
              codes mainly because each file is used in a different area. Each  
              code MUST not be crossed over to another wave file, mainly because 
              it may cause weird results.

     I must also explain a little bit about the wave code types, there are
     currently four types as are shown below.

     [txt] - These wave codes will display something as soon as Iniquity        
             interprets the code, usually in the current colour attribute.

     [pos] - These wave codes are used to mark a certain colour attribute and   
             cursor position for later use. This is used for things like the split 
             screen chat windows, and input prompts. The colour of the code is  
             important in some cases.

     [lit] - These wave codes are used to mark the position of a 'light', which 
             should be in a blinking attribute for the best effect. The light will 
             be displayed in this position and colour when a certain operation  
             begin's, then will be 'unlit' when the operation has ended.

     [col] - These wave codes are used to change to the default colours setup in 
             the user's default colour configuration.

     I will explain each of the defined file's broken down into their respective
     categories, Normal text files first, then the Repeat text files, and finally
     the Wave text files.



                                  [ Normal ]

     File Name  : APPLY
     Description: This file is displayed before a new user begins to enter in   
                  their information for the application to the system.

     File Name  : CHATHELP
     Description: This file is displayed when help has been requested in the    
                  'line mode' chat screen, It should have a listing of all current 
                  chat commands.

     File Name  : DSLxx
     Description: This file is displayed after the user has logged in, if it    
                  exists. 'xx' is the user's download security level that a user 
                  must have before they will see the screen. You are able to have 
                  multiple DSL files available in your text file directory.

     File Name  : EMAILHLP
     Description: This file is displayed when help has been requested when the  
                  user is reading their EMAIL. This file should have all the    
                  commands currently available in the EMAIL prompt screen.

     File Name  : FSHELP
     Description: This file is displayed when help has been requested from the  
                  full screen editor. This file should have all the commands    
                  currently available in the editor.

     File Name  : LISTHELP
     Description: This file is displayed when help has been requested while the 
                  user is listing the files in a file base. This file should have 
                  all the command currently available in the file listing.

     File Name  : LOGOFF
     Description: This file is displayed when the user is logging off the system 
                  via the 'HC', or 'HM', menu commands.

     File Name  : MICRODOS
     Description: This file is displayed when help has been requested while the 
                  user is in Iniquity's internal MicroDOS emulator. This file   
                  should have all the commands currently available in the       
                  emulator.

     File Name  : PRELOGON
     Description: This file is displayed before the user has started to log onto 
                  the system, immediately after Iniquity's copyright notice.

     File name  : READHELP
     Description: This file is displayed when help has been requested while the 
                  user is reading message's in a message base. This file should 
                  have all the commands currently available in the message screen.



     File Name  : SLxx
     Description: This file is displayed after the user has logged in, if it    
                  exists. 'xx' is the user's security level that a user must have 
                  before they will see the screen. You are able to have multiple 
                  SL files available in your text file directory.

     File Name  : WELCOME
     Description: This file is displayed immediately after the user has logged  
                  in, you are able to use sequential screen that end with the   
                  extension 'x', where 'x' is a number from 1 to 999.



                                  [ Repeat ]

     File Names : ARCHTOP, ARCHBOT
     Description: These files are displayed when the user is viewing the        
                  contents of an archive.
     Middle File: ARCHMID
     Wave Codes : ~NM  [txt]  File Number (In List).
                  ~FN  [txt]  File Name And Extension.
                  ~SU  [txt]  Size Of File (Original/Uncompressed).
                  ~SC  [txt]  Size Of File (Compressed).
                  ~RA  [txt]  Compressed Ratio.
                  ~CM  [txt]  Compression Method.
                  ~DT  [txt]  File Date.
                  ~TI  [txt]  File Time.

       Note - An additional line, using ARCHMID template, will be displayed     
              immediately after the footer file, This row shows the archives total 
              statistics.

     File Names : BBSTOP, BBSBOT
     Description: These files are displayed when a user is viewing the BBS      
                  list.
     Middle File: BBSMID
     Wave Codes : ~BN  [txt]  BBS Name
                  ~PN  [txt]  Phone Number
                  ~SN  [txt]  SysOp's Name/Handle
                  ~BR  [txt]  Max Baudrate
                  ~SF  [txt]  BBS Software
                  ~ST  [txt]  Storage
                  ~IN  [txt]  Other information
                  ~NM  [txt]  Listing Number

     File Names : FAREATOP, FAREABOT
     Description: These files are displayed when the user has requested a       
                  listing of all the file areas available to them. The high light 
                  file uses the same wave codes as the middle file.
     Middle File: FAREAMID
     High Light : FAREAHIL
     Wave Codes : ~AT  [txt]  File Area Title.
                  ~AN  [txt]  File Area Number.
                  ~NF  [txt]  Number Of Files In This File Area.
                  ~SP  [txt]  Sponsor Of This File Area.

     File Names : FCONFTOP, FCONFBOT
     Description: These files are displayed when a user has requested a         
                  listing of all the conferences available to them.
     Middle File: FCONFMID
     Wave Codes : ~CK  [txt]  Key Identifier Used To Select This                
                              Conference.
                  ~CN  [txt]  Name Of This File Conference.



     File Names : HELPTOP, HELPBOT
     Description: These files are displayed when Iniquity is displaying the     
                  command help screen that is called from the menu command "-?".
     Middle File: HELPMID
     Wave Codes : ~KY  [txt]  Key(s) For This Command.
                  ~HL  [txt]  Help Description For This Command.
                  ~DS  [txt]  Normal Description, Optional.

     File Names : HIGHTOP, HIGHBOT
     Description: These files are displayed when Iniquity is displaying the     
                  tetris high scores to the user.
     Middle File: HIGHMID
     Wave Codes : ~NM  [txt]  Score Ranking (In Order).
                  ~UN  [txt]  User Name Of This Player.
                  ~LV  [txt]  Level User Made It To.
                  ~LN  [txt]  Total Number Of Lines User Cleared.
                  ~SC  [txt]  User's Total Score.

     File Names : INFOTOP, INFOBOT
     Description: These files are displayed when Iniquity is displaying the     
                  list of all the current info-forms.
     Middle File: INFOMID
     Wave Codes : ~NM  [txt]  Info-Form Number.
                  ~DS  [txt]  Info-Form Description.
                  ~ST  [txt]  Status/Type Of Info-Form (Mandatory/NUV/normal).
                  ~CP  [txt]  Has This Info-Form Been Completed Yet.

     File Names : LASTCTOP, LASTCBOT
     Description: These files are displayed when Iniquity is displaying the     
                  last callers screen.
     Middle File: LASTCMID
     Wave Codes : ~CN  [txt]  Caller Number.
                  ~UN  [txt]  Caller's Name.
                  ~NM  [txt]  Caller's User Number.
                  ~LO  [txt]  Caller's Location.
                  ~BR  [txt]  Caller's Baud Rate.
                  ~DT  [txt]  Date Of Call.
                  ~TI  [txt]  Time Of Call.
                  ~NU  [txt]  New User (Yes/No).
                  ~AC  [txt]  User's Phone Number Area Code.

     File Names : MAILTOP, MAILBOT
     Description: These files are displayed when the user is listing their      
                  EMAIL.
     Middle File: MAILMID
     Wave Codes : ~MT  [txt]  Current Message Title.
                  ~SN  [txt]  Sender's Name.
                  ~RN  [txt]  Receiver's Name.
                  ~TI  [txt]  Time Message Was Posted.
                  ~DT  [txt]  Date Message Was Posted.
                  ~MN  [txt]  Message Number.



     File Names : MAREATOP, MAREABOT
     Description: These files are displayed when the user has requested a       
                  listing of all the message areas. The high light file uses the 
                  same wave codes as the middle file.
     Middle File: MAREAMID
     High Light : MAREAHIL
     Wave Codes : ~AT  [txt]  Message Area Title.
                  ~AN  [txt]  Message Area Number.
                  ~NF  [txt]  Number Of Messages In This Area.
                  ~SP  [txt]  Sponsor Of This Message Area.
                  ~T2  [txt]  Message Area Title. (for 2 column system)
                  ~N1  [txt]  Message Area Number.(for 2 column system)
                  ~TC  [txt]  Used to signal iniquity that a 2 column system
                              is to be used.

      Note: Two columns can be used in area lists. To do this put ~TC
            in your mareatop.ans file. And use the regular wave codes
            (~AT and ~AN) for the first column and use (~T2 and ~N1) for
            the second column

     File Names : MCONFTOP, MCONFBOT
     Description: These files are displayed when the user has requested a       
                  listing of all conferences available to them.
     Middle File: MCONFMID
     Wave Codes : ~CK  [txt]  Key Identifier Used To Select This Conference.
                  ~CN  [txt]  Name Of The Message Conference.

     File Names : MSGLTOP, MSGLBOT
     Description: These files are displayed when a user has requested to list   
                  the messages in the current message base. The high light file 
                  uses the same wave codes as the middle file.
     Middle File: MSGLMID
     High Light : MSGLHIL
     Wave Codes : ~MT  [txt]  Current Message Title.
                  ~SN  [txt]  Sender's Name.
                  ~RN  [txt]  Receiver's Name.
                  ~TI  [txt]  Time Message Was Posted.
                  ~DT  [txt]  Date Message Was Posted.
                  ~MN  [txt]  Message Number.

     File Names : PROTLTOP, PROTLBOT
     Description: These files are displayed when the user is asked to select a  
                  transfer protocol so that the downloading, or uploading may   
                  begin.
     Middle File: PROTLMID
     Wave Codes : ~KY  [txt]  Key Used To Select This Protocol.
                  ~PN  [txt]  Protocol Description.
                  ~PT  [txt]  Type Of Protocol (ie Batch/BiDirectional/Normal).
                  ~NM  [txt]  Protocol Number.


     File Names : USERLTOP, USERLBOT
     Description: These files are displayed when the user has requested         
                  Iniquity to display the user listing.
     Middle File: USERLMID
     Wave Codes : ~ID  [txt]  User Number.
                  ~UN  [txt]  User's Alias.
                  ~RN  [txt]  Real Name.
                  ~LC  [txt]  Last Call.
                  ~UC  [txt]  Number Of Calls.
                  ~SL  [txt]  Security Level.
                  ~DS  [txt]  Download Security Level.
                  ~NT  [txt]  Usernote.
                  ~LO  [txt]  Location.
                  ~BR  [txt]  Baudrate.
                  ~SX  [txt]  Sex (Male/Female).
                  ~AC  [txt]  Area Code.



                                    [ Wave ]

     File name  : ADDBBS
     Description: This file is displayed the a user is adding a new bulletin    
                  board to the BBS listing.
     Wave Codes : ~BN  [pos]  BBS Name
                  ~PN  [pos]  Phone Number
                  ~SN  [pos]  SysOp's Name/Handle
                  ~BR  [pos]  Max Baudrate
                  ~SF  [pos]  BBS Software
                  ~ST  [pos]  Storage
                  ~IN  [pos]  Other information
                  ~OT  [pos]  Other Prompts (ie "Saving BBS", "BBS Saved")

     File Name  : AUTOTOP
     Description: This file is displayed as the header to the auto-message      
                  screen, it's displayed before the actual text in the auto-    
                  message.
     Wave Codes : ~MT  [txt]  Auto-message Title
                  ~SN  [txt]  Sender's Name
                  ~TL  [pos]  The Top Line Of The Auto-message Text

     File Name  : AUTOBOT
     Description: This file is displayed as the footer to the auto-message,     
                  this is placed at the end of the actual text.
     Wave Codes : ~MT  [txt]  Auto-message Title
                  ~SN  [txt]  Sender's Name

     File Name  : CHATMODE
     Description: This file is used for the split-screen chat screen.
     Wave Codes : ~ST  [pos]  Top Left Corner Of The SysOp's Chat Window, And   
                              Colour For SysOp's Chat Text.
                  ~SB  [pos]  Bottom Right Corner Of The SysOp's Chat Window.
                  ~UT  [pos]  Top Left Corner Of The User's Chat Window, And    
                              Colour For The User's Chat Text.
                  ~UB  [pos]  Bottom Right Corner Of The User's Chat Window.

     File Name  : FILEINFO
     Description: This file is displayed when the user has requested more       
                  information on a file.
     Wave Codes : ~FN  [txt]  File Name.
                  ~DL  [txt]  Number Of Downloads.
                  ~SZ  [txt]  Size Of File (In Bytes).
                  ~UL  [txt]  Uploader's Name.
                  ~DT  [txt]  File Date.
                  ~UD  [txt]  Date Uploaded.
                  ~TM  [txt]  Transfer Time (In Minutes).
                  ~FP  [txt]  File Point Value.
                  ~##  [txt]  Line ## Of This File's Description (If            
                              Available).
  

     File Name  : FILETEST
     Description: This file is displayed when a file is being tested using the  
                  internal file scanner system after a successful upload.
     Wave Codes : ~FN  [txt]  File Name Of File Being Processed.
                  ~FS  [txt]  Size Of The File Being Processed.
                  ~PI  [pos]  Position For Information And Status Strings.
                  ~L1  [lit]  Integrity/CRC Test Light.
                  ~L2  [lit]  Archive Decompression Light.
                  ~L3  [lit]  Virus Scan Light.
                  ~L4  [lit]  Age test Light.
                  ~L5  [lit]  File Deletion Light.
                  ~L6  [lit]  Archive Comment Application Light.
                  ~L7  [lit]  External Maintenance Light.
                  ~L8  [lit]  Description Import Light.
                  ~L9  [lit]  Sauce Comment Check Light.

     File Name  : FSEDITOR
     Description: This file is displayed when a user is posting a message in    
                  one of the message bases, also know as the full screen editor.
     Wave Codes : ~MT  [pos]  Message Title.
                  ~CM  [pos]  Editor Command Prompt Position.
                  ~TL  [pos]  Top Line Of The Message Editor.
                  ~BL  [pos]  Bottom Line Of The Message Editor.
                  ~AN  [pos]  Anonymous Message Toggle (Yes/No).
                  ~AS  [pos]  AutoSig Usage Toggle (Yes/No).
                  ~SL  [pos]  Status Line Position (Row). Must Be Placed        
                              Between The ~TL and ~BL Wave Codes.

                  These codes are not necessary, but may be included.

                  ~SN  [pos]  Sender's Name.
                  ~RN  [pos]  Receiver's Name.
                  ~DT  [pos]  Message Date.
                  ~TI  [pos]  Message Time.
                  ~IN  [pos]  Insert Mode Status (On/Off).
                  ~LN  [pos]  Current Line Number.
                  ~CN  [pos]  Current Column Number.

 
     File Name  : LISTFILE
     Description: This is the full screen file listing template file. The       
                  following wave codes are mandatory.
     Wave Codes : ~TL  [pos]  Top Line Of File Listing Region.
                  ~BL  [pos]  Bottom Line Of File Listing Region.
                  ~PM  [pos]  Position (Row) For The File Listing Horizontal    
                              Menu.
                  ~PI  [pos]  Position (Row) For Other Information              
                              String/Prompts.
                  ~FI  [pos]  Column For The List File Numbers [Optional].
                  ~FN  [pos]  Column For The List File Names.
                  ~FS  [pos]  Column For The File Sizes [Optional].
                  ~FP  [pos]  Column For The File Points [Optional].
                  ~FD  [pos]  Column For The File Descriptions.
                  ~FT  [pos]  Column For The Flag Character.
                  ~C1  [col]  Normal Text Colour.
                  ~C2  [col]  Dark Text Colour.
                  ~C3  [col]  Bright Text Colour.
                  ~C4  [col]  Normal Hi-Lighted Colour.
                  ~C5  [col]  Dark Hi-Lighted Colour.
                  ~C6  [col]  Bright Hi-Lighted Colour.

                  These codes are not mandatory, but may be used.

                  ~AN  [txt]  Name Of File Area.
                  ~FA  [txt]  Current File Area Being Listed.
                  ~Sx  [pos]  Start Position Of Scroll Bar (Horizontal only).   
                              This code Should Be In The Colour That You Want For 
                              The Scroll Bar Background, And 'x' Should Be The  
                              Scroll Bar Background Character (Any Character).
                  ~Ex  [pos]  End Position Of Scroll Bar. This Should Be In The 
                              Colour That You Want For The Actual Bar, And 'x'  
                              Should Be The Bar Character (Any Character).

     File Name  : LOGIN
     Description: This file is used in the full screen logon screen, the screen 
                  where the user enter's their name and password.
     Wave Codes : ~LN  [pos]  Position To Prompt For Login Name.
                  ~LP  [pos]  Position To Prompt For Password.
                  ~LI  [pos]  Position To Display And Prompt For Other          
                              Information, Such As The User's phone Number, Birth 
                              Date, System Password, Etc.
                  ~LH  [pos]  Position To Display Login Help Strings.

  
     File Name  : MAILHEAD
     Description: This file is displayed when the user is reading their EMAIL,  
                  this is used as the header for the screen.
     Wave Codes : ~TI  [txt]  Time Message Was Created.
                  ~DT  [txt]  Date Message Was Created.                         
                  ~SN  [txt]  Sender's Name.
                  ~RN  [txt]  Receiver's Name.
                  ~MT  [txt]  Message Title.
                  ~MN  [txt]  Message Number Out Of Total Messages.
                  ~ST  [txt]  Message Status.
                  ~UN  [txt]  Sender's User Note.
                  ~TL  [pos]  Top Line Of Message Text

     File Name  : MSGHEAD
     Description: This file is displayed when a user is reading messages in the 
                  message bases, this is used as the header for the screen.
     Wave Codes : ~TI  [txt]  Time Message Was Created.
                  ~DT  [txt]  Date Message Was Created.
                  ~SN  [txt]  Sender's Name.
                  ~RN  [txt]  Receiver's Name.
                  ~MT  [txt]  Message Title.
                  ~MN  [txt]  Message Number Of Total Messages.
                  ~MA  [txt]  Current Message Area Name.
                  ~RP  [txt]  Number Of Replies To This Message.
                  ~ST  [txt]  Message Status.
                  ~UN  [txt]  Sender's User Note.
                  ~TL  [txt]  Top Line Of Message Text.

     File Name  : NEWCFG
     Description: This file is displayed when a new user has completed the      
                  application, this will allow them to make any last minute     
                  modifications.
     Wave Codes : ~**  [pos]  Position To Prompt For User Configuration         
                              Commands.
                  ~*A  [pos]  Text File Library Author.
                  ~Ax  [pos]  Password.
                  ~Bx  [pos]  Phone Number.
                  ~Cx  [pos]  Birth Date (Not Recommended).
                  ~Dx  [pos]  Location.
                  ~Ex  [pos]  Street Address.
                  ~Fx  [pos]  Usernote.
                  ~Gx  [pos]  Page Length.
                  ~Hx  [pos]  Yes/No Bars (Yes/No).
                  ~Ix  [pos]  Expert Mode (Yes/No).
                  ~Jx  [pos]  Hot Key's (Yes/No).
                  ~Kx  [pos]  Screen Pausing (Yes/No).
                  ~Lx  [pos]  AutoQuote (Yes/No).
                  ~Mx  [pos]  Terminal Emulation.
                  ~Nx  [pos]  Current text File Library Set.
                  ~Ox  [pos]  User's Postal/Zip Code.

     Note: For the above codes 'x' can be any character (other then ESC). This
     character will be the key that allows the user to edit that particular item.
     Be sure not to have two key's the same.

     File Name  : NUV
     Description: This file is displayed when a new user has to be voted on,    
                  any user that has access will see this screen and can vote on 
                  the new user.
     Wave Codes : ~UN  [txt]  User Name Of The User Being Voted On.
                  ~YV  [txt]  Number Of 'Yes' Votes So Far.
                  ~NV  [txt]  Number Of 'No' Votes So Far.
                  ~YN  [txt]  Number Of 'Yes' Votes Needed To Be Validated.
                  ~NN  [txt]  Number Of 'No' Votes Before Auto-Deletion.
              ~01-~12  [txt]  Comment # 1-12.

     File Name  : QWKDL
     Description: This file is displayed when the user is downloading a QWK     
                  offline mail packet.
     Wave Codes : ~LC  [lit]  Light When Creating Control File.
                  ~LD  [lit]  Light When Creating Door Information File.
                  ~LE  [lit]  Light When Exporting New Messages.
                  ~LI  [lit]  Light When Including Information Files.
                  ~LZ  [lit]  Light When Compressing QWK Packet.
                  ~MA  [pos]  Current Message Area Name.
                  ~MS  [pos]  Total Number Of Msgs In This Area.
                  ~NM  [pos]  Number Of New Messages In This Area.
                  ~TS  [pos]  Total Size Of QWK Packet (In Kbytes,              
                              Uncompressed).
                  ~EA  [pos]  Echomail Area? (Yes/No).
                  ~TN  [pos]  Total Number Of Msgs Exported.

     File Name  : QWKUL
     Description: This file is displayed when uploading an REP offline mail     
                  reply packet.
     Wave Codes : ~LU  [lit]  Light When Uncompressing REP Packet.
                  ~LP  [lit]  Light When Processing Replies.
                  ~LS  [lit]  Light When Updating Message Statistics.
                  ~MA  [pos]  Current Message Area.
                  ~TM  [pos]  Total Number Of Imported Messages.
                  ~SN  [pos]  Sender Of Current Message.
                  ~RN  [pos]  Receiver Of Current Message.
                  ~MT  [pos]  Title Of Current Message.

     File Name  : SHOWBBS
     Description: This file is displayed when a user has requested to view a    
                  single BBS in the list.
     Wave Codes : ~BN  [txt]  BBS Name.
                  ~PN  [txt]  Phone Number.
                  ~SN  [txt]  SysOp's Name.
                  ~BR  [txt]  Max Baudrate.
                  ~SF  [txt]  BBS Software.
                  ~ST  [txt]  File Storage.
                  ~IN  [txt]  Other Information.
                  ~NM  [txt]  Listing Number.
 

     File Name  : TETRIS
     Description: This file is displayed when a user has requested to play the  
                  tetris game.
     Wave Codes : ~TL  [pos]  Top Left Corner Of The Playing Field.
                  ~BR  [pos]  Bottom Right Corner Of Playing Field.
                  ~SC  [pos]  User's Score.
                  ~LN  [pos]  Number Of Lines Zapped.
                  ~LV  [pos]  Current Level.

     File Name  : USERCFG
     Description: This file is displayed when a user has entered the user       
                  configuration editor, they only have the option to edit their 
                  own account.
     Wave Codes : ~**  [pos]  Position To Prompt For User Configuration         
                              Commands.
                  ~*A  [pos]  Text File Library Author.
                  ~Ax  [pos]  Password.
                  ~Bx  [pos]  Phone Number.
                  ~Cx  [pos]  Birth Date (Not Recommended).
                  ~Dx  [pos]  Location.
                  ~Ex  [pos]  Street Address.
                  ~Fx  [pos]  Usernote.
                  ~Gx  [pos]  Page Length.
                  ~Hx  [pos]  Yes/No Bars (Yes/No).
                  ~Ix  [pos]  Expert Mode (Yes/No).
                  ~Jx  [pos]  Hot Key's (Yes/No).
                  ~Kx  [pos]  Screen Pausing (Yes/No).
                  ~Lx  [pos]  AutoQuote (Yes/No).
                  ~Mx  [pos]  Terminal Emulation.
                  ~Nx  [pos]  Current text File Library Set.
                  ~Ox  [pos]  User's Postal/Zip Code.

     Note: For the above codes 'x' can be any character (other then ESC). This
     character will be the key that allows the user to edit that particular item.
     Be sure not to have two key's the same.
 
  
                      [ Section 7.1 - Text File Library ]

     The TEXT FILE LIBRARY is a *.TFL file designed to contain all text pages
     (normal, wave, or repeat text files) in one 'TOME', this is used for
     simplification, and to allow users the ability to choose their own TOME of
     ANSI screens. With Iniquity toggled to use the ability, Iniquity will first
     look in the user's predefined TOME, and if it can't find the necessary file,
     it will then search the TEXT directory for the file. In order for Iniquity
     to find the TOMES they must exist in the LIBS directory. Iniquity also has
     a built in editor that will allow you to add, remove, or edit TOMES currently
     existing in the library. 



      Num  Filename   Description               Author                    Files
     ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
      1    FI-INIQ    Iniquity Defaults         Fiend [quad-p]            12
      2    KK-INIQ1   Iniquity Menu Set #1      Kamikaze [tMS]            12
      3    KK-INIQ2   Iniquity Menu Set #2      Kamikaze [tMS]            12
      4    SP-INIQ    Iniquity Menu Set         sp [?]                    12
      5    DL-INIQ    Iniquity Menu Set         Daylight                  12
     ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
     -- [I]nsert [D]elete [E]dit [M]ove [Esc]Quit ł Command:



     [I] Insert - This option allows you to add a new TOME to the library.

     [D] Delete - This option allows you to remove a TOME from the library. 

     [E] Edit   - This option allows you to change the current settings of a    
                  TOME currently in the library.

     [M] Move   - This option allows you to change the current position of a    
                  TOME currently in the library.



                     [ Section 7.2 - Standard MCI Codes ]

          MCI codes give the SysOp the ability to make a screen that is variable,
     meaning that one screen will display the correct information to each user,
     because certain MCI codes look at certain fields in a user's statistics
     records. These codes can be used almost anywhere if you put your mind to it,
     they can be used in all SysOp defined strings, all text files, including
     special text files and repeat ANSI's. MCI codes consist of three characters,
     the first of which is always the percent sign "%" (without Quotes). Below is
     a listing of all the current MCI codes, along with a brief description about
     what they do.

     A#  - User's autosignature, line number # (6 lines max).
     AC  - User's area code.
     AD  - User's Address.
     AL  - Number of lines in user's autosignature (0 = No Sig).
     AQ  - Yes/No - User's autoquote toggle status.
     BD  - User's Birth date, format mm/dd/yy.
     BL  - BBS Location.
     BR  - Baudrate currently connected at (or local for local mode).
     BN  - BBS Name.
     BP  - BBS Phone Number.
     CF  - Current file conference description.
     CM  - Current message conference description.
     CT  - User's number of calls today.
     DB  - User's total number of kbytes/mbytes/gbytes downloaded.
     DC  - Today's number of call's to the BBS.
     DD  - Today's total number of downloads.
     DF  - Today's full date (October 2, 1978).
     DK  - User's number of Kbytes downloaded.
     DL  - User's total number of downloads.
     DP  - Today's total number of posts.
     DS  - User's DSL (Download Security Level).
     DT  - Today's date (10/02/78).
     DU  - Today's total number of uploads.
     EM  - User's terminal emulation (ANSI/AVATAR/RIP/NONE).
     FA  - Current file area name.
     FC  - User's date of first call, format mm/dd/yy.
     FD  - Current file newscan pointer date.
     FI  - Current file area ID (number).
     FP  - User's Number Of File Points.
     FS  - File newscan date, format mm/dd/yy.
     HK  - Yes/No - User's current hot key toggle status.
     ID  - User's user number.
     IN  - Name of BBS software.
     IS  - Inputstring variable.
     IV  - Version of BBS software.
     LA  - Current Text File Library Author.
     LC  - Date of user's last call, format mm/dd/yy.
     LD  - Current Text File Library Description.
     LO  - User's location (City, State/Province).
     MA  - Current message area name.
     MI  - Current message area ID (number).
     MN  - Current Message number, when reading.
     MP  - Current menu name, for use is menu titles or prompts.
     MT  - Total number of messages in area, when reading.
     MW  - User's number of waiting mail.
     ND  - Node Number.
     PA  - Yes/No - User's pause screen toggle status.
     PL  - User's page length.
     PN  - User's phone number.
     PW  - User's password.
     RN  - User's real name.
     RT  - RIP Terminal type and version, detected at login.
     SL  - User's SL (Security Level).
     SN  - Sysop's Handle/Alias.
     SO  - User's sysop note.
     SR  - Sysop's real name.
     SX  - User's gender (Male/Female).
     TC  - Total number of calls to BBS.
     TD  - User's time limit/day.
     TE  - Total number of email messages sent on BBS.
     TI  - Current time (12:04pm).
     TL  - User's time left online (In Minutes).
     TM  - Current time in 24-hour format (15:24).
     TP  - Total number of posts on BBS.
     TT  - User's total time allowed on each day.
     TU  - Total number of user's.
     TZ  - The average post:call ratio on the BBS.
     UA  - User's current access level ID.
     UB  - User's total number of kbytes/mbytes/gbytes uploaded.
     UC  - User's total number of calls to BBS.
     UE  - User's number of Email sent.
     UI  - 2-Letter Initials For The Current User's Alias.
     UK  - User's number of Kbytes uploaded.
     UL  - User's total number of uploads.
     UN  - User's handle/Alias.
     UO  - User's Usernote.
     UP  - User's total number of posts.
     UZ  - User's post:call ratio.
     VL  - Iniquity Version (Long Format).
     XM  - Yes/No - User's expert mode toggle status.
     YN  - Yes/No - User's Yes/No bar toggle status.
     @x  - Yes/No - User's flag x (A-Z) status.

     Note - Here are some special codes that can be used in specific areas of   
            screen display text files.

            %%filename.ext - This code must be at the beginning of the string.  
                             This command should not be used with strings that  
                             contain special codes (IE %S1). (The extension is not 
                             required if the file is in the TEXT dir).

            }xx            - Pads all following MCI codes to 'xx' characters,   
                             this will add spaces if the actual string displayed 
                             has less then 'xx' characters.

            {xx            - Limits all following MCI codes to 'xx' characters, 
                             this will cut off characters if the actual string  
                             displayed has more then 'xx' characters.

            @xx            - This code creates line movement of left and right  
                             to column 'xx', but will not move up or down.

            &xx            - This code creates row movement of up and down to a 
                             new row on the screen. This code will not move left 
                             or right.

 

     Note - These are Iniquity MCI code paramaters that will change the
            format of what the MCI code exports to the system.

          Parameters are after the MCI code, in parentheses                
          example: %UN(fwmc15,9,1) Also works with wave(~xx) codes         
                                                                           
          Parameters:                                                      
                                                                            
          Mx This code will change the length codes output to x characters  
                                                                            
             Examples:                                                      
             %UN(M10)  ->  "ck        "                                     
             %RN(M10)  ->  "Chirstos K"                                     
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
          Fx  This will capitalize the string in format x.                  
              For example, FU will convert all letters in the string        
              to upper case.                                                
                                                                            
              These are the formats that can be used:                       
                                                                            
              U  All letters are converted to upper case.                   
                 (example: %IN(fU) -> "INIQUITY")                           
                                                                            
              l  All letters are converted to lower case.                   
                 (example: %IN(fl) -> "iniquity")                           
                                                                            
              C  The first letter of each word will be upper case,          
                 all other will be lower case.                              
                 (example: %UN(fC) -> "Christos Karras")                    
                                                                            
              W  All vowels will be lower case, other letters will          
                 be upper case                                              
                (example: %IN(fw) -> "iNiQuiTY")                            
                                                                            
              3  "31337" : replace: a -> 4                                  
                            e -> 3                                          
                            l -> 1                                          
                            o -> 0                                          
                            t -> 7                                          
                 (example: %FA(f3)                                          
                 (if current file area is "Old Warez" -> "01d w4r3z")       
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
            Wx  This will return the Xth word.                              
                For example, if the users real name is                      
                Christos Karras, "Mr. %RN(w2)" would become "Mr. Karras"    
                                                                            
                                                                            
   Cx1,x2,x3... This will insert color codes in the string.                 
                (example: %IN(c15,9,1) -> "|15I|09n|01iquity")              
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                   [ Section 7.3 - Standard Control Codes ]

          Control codes are used to perform direct cursor manipulation. They can
     change the colour, stop the cursor from completing it's screen display for
     a short period of time, move the cursor to a new location; Each code having
     it's own function and result. Control codes can be used almost anywhere,
     SysOp defined strings, all text files, including special text file's, repeat
     ANSI's, where ever you plan on putting them. Control codes consist of three
     characters, the first of which is always a pipe character "|" (No Quotes).
     Below is a listing of all the current control codes along with a brief
     description of what they can do.

     00 - Sets foreground colour to BLACK.
     01 - Sets foreground colour to BLUE.
     02 - Sets foreground colour to GREEN.
     03 - Sets foreground colour to CYAN.
     04 - Sets foreground colour to RED.
     05 - Sets foreground colour to MAGENTA.
     06 - Sets foreground colour to BROWN.
     07 - Sets foreground colour to LIGHT GRAY.
     08 - Sets foreground colour to DARK GRAY.
     09 - Sets foreground colour to LIGHT BLUE.
     10 - Sets foreground colour to LIGHT GREEN.
     11 - Sets foreground colour to LIGHT CYAN.
     12 - Sets foreground colour to LIGHT RED.
     13 - Sets foreground colour to LIGHT MAGENTA.
     14 - Sets foreground colour to YELLOW.
     15 - Sets foreground colour to WHITE.
     16 - Sets background colour to BLACK.
     17 - Sets background colour to BLUE.
     18 - Sets background colour to GREEN.
     19 - Sets background colour to CYAN.
     20 - Sets background colour to RED.
     21 - Sets background colour to MAGENTA.
     22 - Sets background colour to BROWN.
     23 - Sets background colour to LIGHT GRAY.
     AD - Tells iniquity not to abort a ansi display with this file.
     AS - Save the current colour attribute.
     AL - Load (restore) saved colour attribute.
     B0 - Background Colour Black.
     B1 - Background Colour Blue.
     B2 - Background Colour Green.
     B3 - Background Colour Cyan.
     B4 - Background Colour Red.
     B5 - Background Colour Magenta.
     B6 - Background Colour Brown.
     B7 - Background Colour Grey.
     CB - Move the cursor to the last row (Bottom, 25).
     CD - Move the cursor down one row.
     CE - Move the cursor to the end of the current row (end, 80).
     CH - Move the cursor to the beginning of the current row. (home,1).
     CL - Move the cursor one column to the left.
     CR - Move the cursor one column to the right.
     CS - Clear the screen.
     CT - Move the cursor to the fist row (top, 1).
     CU - Move the cursor up one row.
     CZ - Clear to end of line (fast w/ansi code).
     DE - Delay for 3/4 of a second.
     DH - Delay for a half-second.
     DM - Delay for a millisecond.
     DS - Delay for one second.
     HC - Home the cursor (Moves to position 1,1).
     LC - Restore saved cursor position.
     LF - CR+Linefeed (next line).
     PA - Display's 'Press a key to Continue' prompt, and waits for key.
     PK - Waits For A Single Key Press
     PS - Display's 'Paused - Continue?' prompt, and waits for response.
     SC - Saves the current cursor position.
     U0 - Sets colour attribute to user-defined error colour.
     U1 - Sets colour attribute to user-defined text colour.
     U2 - Sets colour attribute to user-defined low text colour.
     U3 - Sets colour attribute to user-defined high text colour.
     U4 - Sets colour attribute to user-defined info colour.
     U5 - Sets colour attribute to user-defined low info colour.
     U6 - Sets colour attribute to user-defined high info colour.
     U7 - Sets colour attribute to user-defined menu item colour.
     U8 - Sets colour attribute to user-defined lightbar colour.
     U9 - Sets colour attribute to user-defined border colour.




                         [ Section 7.4 - Info-Forms ]

          Info-Forms are sort of used as question period storing the answer's to
     file, the text file has a list of questions that can be asked. Depending on
     what code's you use you can make the user need to enter a small piece of
     information, or you can allows them to skip passed it. There is an internal
     Info-Form editor that can be used to create the information required to use
     the info-form.



      Num  Filename       Description                    Mand NUV  Acs
     ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
      1    EXAMPLE.INF    Example infoform               No   No
     ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
     -- [I]nsert [D]elete [E]dit [Esc]Quit ł Command:



     [I] Insert - This option allows you to add a new info-form to the list.

     [D] Delete - This option allows you to remove an info-form from the        
                  current list.

     [E] Edit   - This option allows you to edit an info-form that is currently 
                  in the list.


     When you have selected to edit an info-form, the following menu is
     displayed.



     ŽÜ                    - Iniquity Infoform Editor -                      ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

     --- Current infoform         1
     [A] Description              Example infoform
     [B] Filename                 EXAMPLE.INF
     [C] Mandatory                No
     [D] NUV infoform             No
     [E] Access
     [[] Previous infoform
     []] Next infoform

     ßž[                                                                    ]žß



     [A] Description - This option allows you to enter in a description of the  
                       info-form.
 
     [B] Filename    - This option allows you to enter in the file name of the  
                       info-form associated with this set.

     [C] Mandatory         - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's use of 
                             the mandatory flag, if active then Iniquity will   
                             force the user to fill it out before allowing the  
                             user into the selection list.

     [D] NUV Infoform      - This option allows you to set the info-form as a   
                             new user voting form. If active, the majority of the 
                             current user's must vote in the new user's favour  
                             before the new user can be validated.

     [E] Access            - This option allows you to set the access           
                             expression that will determine who has access to the 
                             info-form.

     [[] Previous Infoform - This option allows you to return to the previous   
                             info-form.

     []] Next Infoform     - This option allows you to move on to the next      
                             info-form.


                       [ Current Info-Form Wave Code's ]

     ~xx - Set's The Input Field To 'xx' Characters.
     ~*= - Enable's The 'Minimum Input', This Forces The User To Enter          
           Something Into The Following Fields Before The Can Continue.
     ~*- - Disable's 'Minimum Input'.
     ~** - Restore's Input Field Length To 254 Characters.
     ~SN - Normal Input.
     ~SM - Input Will Be Converted To Proper Case.
     ~SU - Input Will Be Converted To Upper Case.
     ~SL - Input Will Be Converted To Lower Case.
     ~SC - Words Will Be Capitalized Automatically.
     ~SE - All Vowels Will Be Forced To Lower Case, Other's Upper.
     ~SW - All Vowels Will Be Force To Upper Case, Other's Lower.
     ~SI - All I's Will Be Forced To Lower Case, Other's Upper.
     ~BD - Date Input [mm/dd/yy].
     ~PN - Phone Number Input [(xxx)xxx-xxxx].
     ~NM - Number Input, All Letter's And Other Key's Disabled.
     ~FN - File Name Input, Valid File Name Characters Only.



                     [ Section 8 - SysOp Defined Strings ]

          SysOp defined strings are used to display certain information, or a
     prompt when a screen hasn't been created for the option, or when something
     is wrong, or a user is being prompted for something. As you can see there are
     a lot of uses, not all of them are described yet, and can be a pain to edit
     all the time. When you've found an environment you like with these strings
     it's usually best to copy the data file to as backup and put it away in case
     something goes wrong. Each of the strings below can be customized and some
     use variables in the strings, which will be explained. Below is a sample
     screen of what you'll see on your own display.



     1:001, [misc]  Detecting emulation
     |CS( detecting emulation )
 
     2:002, [misc]  No emulation detected
     |CS( failed detection )
 
     3:003, [misc]  ANSI detected
     |CS[ Ansi detected! ]
 
     4:004, [misc]  Avatar/ANSI detected
     |CS[ Avatar detected! ]
 
     5:005, [misc]  RIP/ANSI detected (terminal: %S1)
     |CS[ Rip detected! - %S1 ]
 
 
     -- [[]Previous []]Next [1-5]Edit string [/]Search [=]Jump [R]Resetł Command:



     [[] Previous      - This option allows you to move back a group of five    
                         strings.

     []] Next          - This option allows you to move to the next group of    
                         five strings.

     [1-5] Edit String - This option allows you to edit one of the strings      
                         currently on display.

     [/] Search        - This option allows you to search for a particular      
                         string.

     [=] Jump          - This option allows you to jump to a specific string.

     Note : The following two commands can be inserted to the begining of the   
            string, to center or justify it.

            %|  - Will Center the sting on the screen.
            %>  - Will Justify the string to the right of the screen.


     [R] Reset          - This option allows you to reset a string to its
                          default setting.


                        [ Section 8.1 - Miscellaneous ]

     String Condition  : Detecting emulation
     String Description: This string is displayed when Iniquity is attempting   
                         to detect the user's emulation.
     String Example
          |CS[ Detecting Terminal Emulation ] - ANSI/AVATAR/RIP/NONE

     String Condition  : No emulation detected
     String Description: This string is displayed when Iniquity detect's no     
                         emulation.
     String Example
          |CS[ Failed Detection ] - No Emulation Detected

     String Condition  : ANSI detected
     String Description: This string is displayed when Iniquity detect's ANSI   
                         emulation.
     String Example
          |CS[ ANSI Detected ]

     String Condition  : Avatar/ANSI detected
     String Description: This string is displayed when Iniquity detect's        
                         ANSI/AVATAR emulation.
     String Example
          |CS[ ANSI/AVATAR Detected ]

     String Condition  : RIP/ANSI detected (terminal: %S1)
     String Description: This string is displayed when Iniquity detect's        
                         RIP/ANSI emulation. %S1 is the terminal type.
     String Example
          |CS[ ANSI/RIP Detected: %S1 ]

     String Condition  : Connected at %S1 baud
     String Description: This string is displayed after the user's emulation is 
                         detected. %S1 is the baud rate at which the user is    
                         connected at.
     String Example
          `/ connected at %S1

     String Condition  : System password:
     String Description: When you have a menu command that requires the system  
                         password, this string will be displayed.
     String Example
          ©-- System password:

     String Condition  : Paused - [S]top / [C]ontinuous
     String Description: This string is displayed while reading a message that  
                         is several pages long, and allows the user to quit     
                         reading it, or have it displayed a page at a time, or in 
                         a continuous flow.
     String Example
          /--\ Paused uit ontinuous /--\



     String Condition  : Press a key to continue
     String Description: This string is displayed when you've selected a pause  
                         screen to be displayed.
     String Example
          --[ press any key to continue ]---

     String Condition  : Sorry, your time has expired.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user's time has run    
                         out.
     String Example
          --- Sorry, your time has expired.

     String Condition  : Initializing Iniquity...
     String Description: This string is displayed when all detection phases     
                         have been completed and before Iniquity loads into the 
                         logon process.
     String Example
          |CS[ Initializing Iniquity ] ...

     String Condition  : Sorry, you have been auto-logged off due to            
                         inactivity.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has not started a 
                         task while they were online for a certain period of time. 
                         This line will be seen just before they are disconnected 
                         from the system.
     String Example
          Inactivity timeout.  Hanging up ...




                            [ Section 8.2 - Login ]

     String Condition  : Enter system password:
     String Description: This string is displayed at the login prompt when the  
                         user is required to enter in the system password.
     String Example
          system   :

     String Condition  : Enter your name, handle, or user number:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is prompted for   
                         their user name or number during the login process.
     String Example
          ©-- Login:

     String Condition  : Enter your password:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is prompted for   
                         their password.
     String Example
          ©-- Password:

     String Condition  : Complete phone number: (###)###-
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is prompted for   
                         their phone number.
     String Example
          phone    : [xxx]xxx-

     String Condition  : Enter your birthdate [mm/dd/yy]:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is prompted for   
                         their birth date.
     String Example
          bdate    :

     String Condition  : Unknown user
     String Description: This string is displayed when Iniquity doesn't         
                         recognize the user.
     String Example
          Unknown user.

     String Condition  : Login error
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has entered in a  
                         wrong password, phone number, or birth date.
     String Example
          Invalid login.

     String Condition  : Apply as a NEW user?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is prompted for   
                         them to apply as a new user.
     String Example
          apply?   :



     String Condition  : Enter your name, handle or user number.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is entering in    
                         their name, number or handle when they login. This is  
                         displayed as the help line.
     String Example
          Enter your name, handle or user number.

     String Condition  : Enter your password.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is entering in    
                         their password, this is displayed as the help line.
     String Example
          Enter your password.

     String Condition  : Please complete your phone number.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is entering in    
                         their phone number, this is displayed as the help line.
     String Example
          Please complete your phone number.

     String Condition  : Enter your birthdate.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is entering in    
                         their birth date, this is displayed as the help line.
     String Example
          Enter your birthdate.

     String Condition  : Logon to system as a new user?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has been asked if 
                         they want to apply as a new user, this is displayed as 
                         the help line.
     String Example
          Logon to system as a new user?

     String Condition  : Enter system password.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is entering in    
                         the system password, this line is displayed as the help 
                         line.
     String Example
          Enter system password.

     String Condition  : Logon in invisible mode?
     String Description: This string is displayed during logon to logon
                         a user invisibly to other users and not logged in
                         the todays callers list.
     String Example
          Logon in invisible mode?




                            [ Section 8.3 - Menu ]

     String Condition  : Menu password:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is required to    
                         enter in a password to enter the menu.
     String Example
          /-\ Enter menu access password:

     String Condition  : Menu access denied.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is denied access  
                         to a menu.
     String Example
          --- Access to menu denied.

     String Condition  : Command access denied.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is denied access  
                         to a command.
     String Example
          --- Command access denied.

     String Condition  : Invalid menu command.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has hit a wrong   
                         key in a menu.
     String Example
          --- Invalid command.

     String Condition  : Invalid menu command: "%S1"
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user entered in an     
                         incorrect menu command while attempting to use a "//\\xx" 
                         command, where 'xx' is the command. %S1 is the command 
                         that was incorrect.
     String Example
          --- Invalid menu command: "%S1".



                          [ Section 8.4 - New User ]

     String Condition  : Please Select an Alias:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a new user is asked for  
                         the alias with which they want to use on the board.
     String Example
          Enter your alias:

     String Condition  : Enter Your REAL First and Last Name:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a new user is asked for  
                         their real name.
     String Example
          Enter your real name:

     String Condition  : Enter Your Date of Birth [MM/DD/YY]:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a new user is asked for  
                         their birth date.
     String Example
          Enter your birthdate [mm/dd/yy]:

     String Condition  : Enter Your Voice Phone Number:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a new user is asked for  
                         their voice phone number.
     String Example
          Enter your voice phone number:

     String Condition  : Enter Your Address:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a new user is asked for  
                         their address.
     String Example
          Enter your street address:

     String Condition  : Enter Your City name:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a new user is asked for  
                         the city they live in.
     String Example
            Enter your city name:

     String Condition  : Do You Wish to Use Yes/No Selection Bars?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a new user is asked if   
                         they wish to use yes/no selection bars.
     String Example
          Use yes/no bars?

     String Condition  : Enable HotKeys for Faster Menu Input?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a new user is asked if   
                         they wish to use hot key's.
     String Example
          Use hotkeys for input?



     String Condition  : Enable "Expert" Mode?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a new user is asked if   
                         they wish to use expert mode.
     String Example
          Use "expert" mode?

     String Condition  : Please Select a Password:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a new user is asked to   
                         enter in the password they want to use on the board.
     String Example
          Enter a password to use:

     String Condition  : Invalid Alias.  Choose Another.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a new user has entered   
                         in an incorrect user alias.
     String Example
          ©-- Invalid username.

     String Condition  : Duplicate User.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a new user has entered   
                         in a user name that is already on the board.
     String Example
          That user already exists.

     String Condition  : Invalid Name.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a new user has entered   
                         in an invalid real name.
     String Example
          ©-- Invalid username.

     String Condition  : You Must Enter Your FIRST And LAST Name.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a new user has only      
                         entered in only their first or their last name.
     String Example
          You must enter your first and last name.

     String Condition  : Invalid Birthdate.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a new user has entered   
                         in an invalid birth date.
     String Example
          ©-- Invalid birthdate.

     String Condition  : Password Too Short.  It Must Be At Least 4 Characters  
                         Length.    
     String Description: This string is displayed when a new user has entered   
                         in a password that is too short.
     String Example
          ©-- Your password must be at least 4 characters long.

     String Condition  : --   Password Validation:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a new user is asked to   
                         re-enter their password to verify it.
     String Example
          verify password:

     String Condition  : Passwords Do Not Match.  Try Again.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a new user has entered   
                         in a wrong password during the password validation phase.
     String Example
          Your passwords do not match.

     String Condition  : Saving Information....
     String Description: This string is displayed when a new user has completed 
                         the application, and their information is being stored.
     String Example
          ©-- Saving your information ... please wait.

     String Condition  : You Are Currently %S1 Years Old.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a new user has entered   
                         in their birth date. %S1 is the age of the user.
     String Example
          You are %S1 years old.

     String Condition  : Your Sex? [M]ale [F]emale:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a new user is asked if   
                         their female or male.
     String Example
          Your sex [M]ale/[F]emale?

     String Condition  : Enter NewUser Application Password:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a new user is asked for  
                         the new user application password, a user must know this 
                         password if they wish to apply for an account.
     String Example
          Enter NUP:

     String Condition  : Incorrect NewUser Password.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a new user has entered   
                         in the wrong new user password.
     String Example
          ©-- NUP incorrect.

     String Condition  : Enter your screen length in rows:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a new user is asked for  
                         the length of their screen in rows.
     String Example
          Screen length in rows:

     String Condition  : Enter your state or province abbreviation:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a new user is asked to   
                         enter in the state or province they live in.
     String Example
          Enter your state/province abbreviation:

     String Condition  : Enable screen pausing?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a new user is asked if   
                         they want to use screen pausing.
     String Example
          Use screen pausing?

     String Condition  : Use reply AutoQuoting?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a new user is asked if   
                         they want auto quoting enabled.
     String Example
          Use message autoquote?

     String Condition  : Your country? [U]nited States / [C]anada / [O]ther:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a new user is prompted   
                         for the country they live in.
     String Example
          Your country? [U]SA/[C]canada/[O]ther:
 
     String Condition  : Enter the name of your country:
     String Description: This string is displayed when the new user has selected 
                         to enter in a name of a country other then the USA or  
                         CANADA.
     String Example
          Enter your country name:

     String Condition  : Enter your postal/zip code [format: %S1]:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a new user is prompted   
                         for their postal code, or zip code.
     String Example
          Enter your zipcode [%S1]

     String Condition  : Proceed with new user application process?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a new user has viewed    
                         the APPLY.ANS screen and is asked if they wish to      
                         continue with the application process.
     String Example
          Proceed with application process?



                            [ Section 8.5 - Chat ]

     String Condition  : - Chat Mode Initiated -
     String Description: This string is displayed when the SysOp has entered    
                         chat mode.
     String Example
          |LF©-- Chat mode initiated ---|LF

     String Condition  : - Chat Mode Terminated -
     String Description: This string is displayed when the SysOp has closed     
                         chat mode.
     String Example
          |LF©-- Chat mode terminated ---|LF

     String Condition  : Why do you wish to chat with the SysOp?:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has selected to   
                         chat with the SysOp and is asked for the reason.
     String Example
          --- Enter chat reason.|LF:

     String Condition  : The SysOp is currently not available to chat, try      
                         leaving mail
     String Description: This string is displayed when user has paged within    
                         non-paging hours.
     String Example
          --- Sorry, the sysop is not available.

     String Condition  : Paging!
     String Description: This string is displayed as the page message.
     String Example
          [page!]

     String Condition  : Sorry, the SysOp was unable to answer your page, try   
                         leaving mail.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a SysOp is unable to     
                         answer the pager.
     String Example
          --- Sorry, the SysOp couldn't answer your page.

     String Condition  : Sorry, you can't page the sysop (maximum per call =    
                         %S1)
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has attempted to  
                         chat too many times, more then what the limit allows.
     String Example
          Sorry, you can't page the sysop any more this call.

     String Condition  : Chat availability is disabled.  Do you wish to         
                         override?
     String Description: This string is displayed when they SysOp is unavailable 
                         for chat but the user has the ability to over ride the 
                         access and still attempt to page you.
     String Example
          The sysop is not available.  Do you wish to override?


     String Condition  : Enter chat override password:
     String Description: This string is displayed when they user is prompted    
                         for the chat over ride password.
     String Example
          Enter override password:
 
     String Condition  : Incorrect override password.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has entered the   
                         incorrect chat over ride password.
     String Example
          Incorrect password.

     String Condition  : Paging sysop ... (press any key to abort page)
     String Description: This string is displayed when the system is paging the 
                         SysOp, giving the user an attempt to abort the page    
                         attempt.
     String Example
          Paging sysop ... (press space to abort)

     String Condition  : Send email to the sysop (%S1)?
     String Description: This string is displayed when the SysOp didn't answer  
                         the page.
     String Example
          Send email to %S1?



                             [ Section 8.6 - DOS ]

     String Condition  : -] SysOp in DOS. Please Wait [-
     String Description: This string is displayed when the SysOp has jumped to  
                         DOS.
     String Example
          |LF©-- SysOp in DOS ---

     String Condition  : -] SysOp has Returned From DOS [-
     String Description: This string is displayed when the SysOp has returned   
                         from DOS.
     String Example
          |LF©-- SysOp is back ---



                     [ Section 8.7 - Full Screen Editor ]

     String Condition  : Abort Message?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is prompted if    
                         they wish to abort the message.
     String Example
          ©-- Abort message?

     String Condition  : Message Editor Command [?/Help]:
     String Description: If you've specified no command prompt position in your 
                         template, this string will be displayed.
     String Example
          ©-- Command [?šHelp]

     String Condition  : Clear Message?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is prompted if 
                         they wish to clear the message.
     String Example
          ©-- Clear message?

     String Condition  : Enter Iniquity Message Editor Command.  Hit '?' for    
                         help.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has pressed the "/" 
                         key.
     String Example
          ©-- Editor command? [?šHelp]
  
     String Condition  : Saving Message...
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is saving a       
                         message.
     String Example
          ©-- Saving message ...



                              [ Section 8.8 - Message ]

     String Condition  : Insufficient ACS to Post in This Area.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user doesn't have ASC  
                         to post in a message area.
     String Example
          You do not have post access in this area.

     String Condition  : |CSMessage Destination:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is asked for who  
                         the message is for.
     String Example
          |CSDestination        :

     String Condition  : Private Message?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is asked if the   
                         message is private.
     String Example
          Private message?

     String Condition  : Copy message to wich area?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user tells Iniquity  
                         to copy a message.
     String Example
          Copy message to wich area?

     String Condition  : Move message to wich area?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user tells Iniquity   
                         to move a message.
     String Example
          Private message?

     String Condition  : Enter Message Title:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is asked for the  
                         message subject.
     String Example
          Enter message title:

     String Condition  : There Are No Messages in the Current Message Area.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user tries to read     
                         messages in a base that currently is empty.
     String Example
          ©-- Message base is empty.

     String Condition  : Start Reading At Which Message? [1-%S1][Current=%S2]:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is asked for      
                         which message they wish to read. %S1 is the total number 
                         of messages in the base, and %S2 is the message that a 
                         user is currently at.
     String Example
          ©-- Start reading at [1-%S1], current [%S2]

     String Condition  : -- Reading Message %S1 of %S2 ł Command                
                            [?/HelpłCR/Next]:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is reading        
                         messages. %S1 is the message the user is currently     
                         reading, and %S2 is the total number of messages in that 
                         base.
     String Example
          ----ł reading message [%S1 of %S2] š Command [?/help, enter/next]:

     String Condition  : Post a Message in This Area?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is asked if they  
                         wish to post a message in the current area.
     String Example
          ©-- Post in this area?

     String Condition  : Enter New Message Title.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is asked if they  
                         wish to enter in a new message title.
     String Example
          ©-- Enter new message title.

     String Condition  : Enter First Line of Message to Quote [1-%S1]:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is quoting a      
                         message and is asked to start at which line. %S1 is the 
                         length of the message.
     String Example
          ©-- Enter first line of message to quote [1-%S1]:

     String Condition  : Enter Second Line of Message to Quote [%S1-%S2]:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is quoting a      
                         message and is asked to end at which line. %S1 is where 
                         the user has selected to begin the quoting, and %S2 is 
                         the line number of the last line in the message.
     String Example
          ©-- Enter second line of message to quote [%S1-%S2]:

     String Condition  : Message Deleted.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user deletes a         
                         message.
     String Example
          ©-- Message deleted ---

     String Condition  : Message Undeleted.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user undeletes a       
                         message.
     String Example
          ©-- Message undeleted ---

     String Condition  : -- Global Message NewScan Initiated
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user begins to scan    
                         for new messages in all available message bases.
     String Example
          |CS|LF©-- Global newscan initiated.|LF

     String Condition  : -- Global Message NewScan Completed
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has completed the 
                         new message scan.
     String Example
          ©-- Global newscan completed.|LF

     String Condition  : Message area %S1 - [%S2] Msgs ž Newscanning...
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is scanning for   
                         new messages, each base will be scanned and this line  
                         will be displayed. %S1 is the message area, and %S2 is 
                         the total number of messages in the area.
     String Example
          ©-- Area %S1 - [%S2 msgs] - scanning ...



     String Condition  : Message area %S1 - [%S2] Msgs ž Complete...
     String Description: This string is displayed when a message base has been  
                         completed for new messages scanning. %S1 is the message 
                         area, and %S2 is the total number of messages in the   
                         area.
     String Example
          ©-- Area %S1 - [%S2 msgs] - complete ...|LF

     String Condition  : Newscan all message areas?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is asked if they  
                         want to scan all message areas.
     String Example
          ©-- NewScan all message areas?

     String Condition  : Packing Message Area [%S1] - %S2 Msgs...
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has selected to   
                         pack the message areas. %S1 is the message area, and %S2 
                         is the total number of messages in the area.
     String Example
          ©-- Packing area: %S1 [%S2 msgs] ...

     String Condition  : Message Packing Complete.
     String Description: This string is displayed when message packing has been 
                         completed.
     String Example
          complete.

     String Condition  : Pack All Message Areas?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is asked if they  
                         want to pack all message areas.
     String Example
          ©-- Pack all message areas?

     String Condition  : Anonymous
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user posted a message  
                         that is anonymous, this will be displayed in place of  
                         their name.
     String Example
          |ASAnonymous|AL

     String Condition  : Post Anonymously?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is asked if they  
                         want to post this message anonymously.
     String Example
          Post anonymously?

     String Condition  : You Must Read ALL Messages in This Area.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has tried to quit 
                         out of a message base that is tagged as mandatory.
     String Example
          |LF©-- You must read all of the messages in this base ---


     String Condition  : Message base newscan pointer set to current message.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is reading        
                         messages and selects the key 'H'.
     String Example
          ©-- Newscan pointer set to current message.

     String Condition  : Change to which message area?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is changing to a  
                         new message area.
     String Example
          --- Change to which message area?

     String Condition  : Current message area is now %S1.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has changed to a  
                         new message area. %S1 is the new message area.
     String Example
          --- Current message area is now %S1.

     String Condition  : Enter new message pointer date [mm/dd/yy]:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is changing to a  
                         new pointer date.
     String Example
          --- Enter message pointer date [mm/dd/yy]:

     String Condition  : Update all message area pointers?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has entered in    
                         the new pointer date, and is asked if they want to change 
                         all message areas to use the new pointer date.
     String Example
          --- Update all message areas?

     String Condition  : Upload prepared message?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is asked if they  
                         want to upload a prepared message.
     String Example
          Upload prepared message?

     String Condition  : Scanning for mandatory messages...
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is scanning for   
                         any mandatory messages that they may not have read yet.
     String Example
          <-> Scanning for mandatory messages ...

     String Condition  : Enter password for this message area:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is changing to a  
                         message area that is password protected.
     String Example
          Ä-- Enter message area password:

  
     String Condition  : AutoQuote text from message?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is replying to a  
                         message and the SysOp has the ask autoquote enabled.
     String Example
          AutoQuote message?

     String Condition  : Message posted in area: %S1
     String Description: This string is displayed when a message has been       
                         posted. %S1 is the message area that the message was   
                         posted in.
     String Example
          Message posted in area: %S1

     String Condition  : Lowest accessible message area.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is changing to a  
                         new message area, Iniquity will inform the user what the 
                         lowest accessible message area is.
     String Example
          Lowest message area.

     String Condition  : Highest accessible message area.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is change to a    
                         new message area, Iniquity will inform the user what the 
                         highest accessible message area is.
     String Example
          Highest message area.


  
                        [ Section 8.9 - Auto-Message ]

     String Condition  : No AutoMessage Currently Exists.
     String Description: This string is displayed when there isn't an auto-     
                         message.
     String Example                    
          ©-- The automessage is empty ---

     String Condition  : Can't reply to an anonymous automessage!
     String Description: This string is displayed when the user has attempted   
                         to reply to an anonymous auto-message.
     String Example
          Can't reply to an anonymous automessage.


   
                 [ Section 8.10 - Bulletin Board System List ]

     String Condition  : Enter the Name of the BBS to Add:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is asked for the  
                         name of the BBS to add to the list.
     String Example
          BBS Name         :

     String Condition  : That BBS Already Exists in the List.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has entered a     
                         duplicate BBS name.
     String Example
          ©-- That BBS is already in there.

     String Condition  : Enter BBS Phone Number:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is asked for the  
                         phone number of the BBS they are entering into the list.
     String Example
          Phone Number     :

     String Condition  : Enter SysOp of the BBS:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is asked to enter 
                         in the name of the SysOp of the BBS.
     String Example
          SysOp's Alias    :

     String Condition  : Enter the BBS's Maximum BaudRate:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is asked to enter 
                         in the maximum baud rate for the new BBS.
     String Example
          Maximum Baudrate :

     String Condition  : Enter BBS Software:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is asked for the  
                         name of the software of the BBS.
     String Example
          BBS Software     :


     String Condition  : Enter the BBS's Maximum Storage in MegaBytes:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is asked for the  
                         maximum amount of disk storage for the new BBS.        
     String Example
          Max Storage (mb) :

     String Condition  : Other Info:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is asked for any  
                         other information for the new BBS.
     String Example
          Other Info       :


  
     String Condition  : Adding BBS to List...
     String Description: This string is displayed when Iniquity is saving the   
                         new addition to the BBS list.
     String Example
          ©-- Saving entry ---

     String Condition  : Save This System to BBS List?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is asked if they  
                         want to save the entry to the BBS list.
     String Example
          ©-- Save entry?

     String Condition  : There Are Currently No Boards in the List.
     String Description: This string is displayed when the BBS listing is       
                         currently empty.
     String Example
          ©-- There are no entries ---

     String Condition  : Enter system number to display [1-%S1]:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has chosen to     
                         list one BBS in the list, %S1 is the total number of   
                         entries in the listing.
     String Example
          ©-- Display which BBS? [1-%S1]:

     String Condition  : Remove which BBS from list? [1-%S1]:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is deleting a BBS 
                         entry from the list. %S1 is the total number of entries 
                         in the list.
     String Example
          ©-- Delete which entry? [1-%S1]:

     String Condition  : Delete this system?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is asked for      
                         conformation on deletion of the entry.
     String Example
          ©-- Delete this entry?

     String Condition  : Clear the entire BBS list?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is clearing the   
                         entire BBS list of all entries.
     String Example
          ©-- Delete entire list?
  


                      [ Section 8.11 - Electronic Mail ]

     String Condition  : That user doesn't exist.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has entered a     
                         name that is not found on the system.
     String Example
          ©-- User not found ---

     String Condition  : You currently have no mail waiting.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user's mail box is     
                         empty.
     String Example
          ©-- You have no mail waiting ---

     String Condition  : Enter number of message to begin reading at [1-%S1]:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is reading their  
                         email, and is asked which message to starting reading at. 
                         %S1 is the total number of messages they have waiting for 
                         them.
     String Example
          ©-- Begin reading at which message [1-%S1]:

     String Condition  : -- Reading Email %S1 of %S2 ł Command                  
                         [?/HelpłCR/Next]:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is reading their  
                         Email, this is displayed as the prompt. %S1 is the     
                         current message they are reading, and %S2 is the total 
                         number of messages they have waiting for them.
     String Example
          = Reading Email %S1 of %S2 ł Command [q/quitł?/helpłenter/next]:

     String Condition  : Email access denied.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is denied the     
                         ability to post, or read, Email.
     String Example
          Email access denied.

     String Condition  : Delete original message?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has replied to a  
                         message and has saved the reply.
     String Example
          ©-- Destroy original message?

     String Condition  : You have email.  Read it?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has email, and is 
                         asked if they want to read it.
     String Example
          ©-- You have email.  Read it?

     String Condition  : Email sent to %S1
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has sent email to 
                         a user. %S1 is the user that it was sent to.
     String Example
          - Email sent to %S1.

     String Condition  : Delete all read email?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is asked if they  
                         want to delete all read email.
     String Example
          \-/ Delete all read mail?

     String Condition  : Is this netmail?  
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is asked if they  
                         want to send the message as netmail.
     String Example
          \-/ Is this netmail?

     String Condition  : User name in incomplete
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user inputs a name  
                         that is not an exact match for any user in the
                         system.
     String Example
          Did you mean UserName?


  

                       [ Section 8.12 - File Transfer ]

     String Condition  : Select protocol [CR/Abort]:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is selecting a    
                         download or upload protocol.
     String Example
          ©-- Select protocol [enter/abort]:



                       [ Section 8.13 - Auto-Signature ]

     String Condition  : AutoSig saved.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has saved their   
                         new auto signature.
     String Example
          --- AutoSig saved.

     String Condition  : Delete current AutoSig?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user wants to delete   
                         their current auto signature.
     String Example
          --- Destroy current autosig?

     String Condition  : AutoSig deleted.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has deleted their 
                         auto signature.
     String Example
          --- AutoSig deleted.

     String Condition  : Current AutoSig:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is displaying     
                         their current auto signature.
     String Example
          --- Current autosig:|LF

     String Condition  : You have no AutoSig.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user doesn't have an   
                         auto signature and they've tried to display one.
     String Example
          [-] Your autosig is blank.

     String Condition  : Upload prepared AutoSignature?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is asked if they  
                         want to upload a prepared auto signature.
     String Example
          Ś-- Upload prepared autosignature?

  
                            [ Section 8.14 - File ]

     String Condition  : Enter password for this file area:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is changing to a  
                         file area that is password protected.
     String Example
          Ä-- Enter file area password:

     String Condition  : Change to which file area?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is changing to a  
                         new file area.
     String Example
          --- Change to which file area?

     String Condition  : Current file area is now %S1.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has changed to a  
                         new file area. %S1 is the new file area.
     String Example
          --- Current file area is now %S1.

     String Condition  : Sorry, this file area contains no files.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a file area has no files 
                         in it and a user has tried to list them.
     String Example
          - Sorry, there are no files in this area.

     String Condition  : Sorting file area [%S1] - %S2 files...
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is sorting the    
                         files in the bases. %S1 is the file base name, and %S2 
                         is the total number of files in the file base.
     String Example
          ©-- Sorting area: %S1 [%S2 files] ...

     String Condition  : Sorting complete.
     String Description: This string is displayed when the file sorting has     
                         been completed.
     String Example
          complete.

     String Condition  : Sort all file areas?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is asked if they  
                         want to sort all file areas.
     String Example
          ©-- Sort all file areas?

     String Condition  : Enter filename to download:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is asked to enter 
                         in the name of the file to download.
     String Example
          |CS<-> enter filename to download:
   

     String Condition  : Searching for file ...
     String Description: This string is displayed when Iniquity is looking for  
                         the file that the user wants.
     String Example
          <-> searching ...

     String Condition  : File not found.
     String Description: This string is displayed when Iniquity isn't able to   
                         find the file.
     String Example
          <-> file not found.

     String Condition  : %S1 found in file area: %S2
     String Description: This string is displayed when Iniquity finds the file  
                         the user was looking for. %S1 is the file name, and %S2 
                         is the file base name that the file was found in.
     String Example
          <-> %S1 found in file area: %S2

     String Condition  : File %S1 does not actually exist.
     String Description: This string is displayed when the file is in the       
                         listing, but doesn't actually exist on the HD. %S1 it the 
                         name of the file.
     String Example
          <-> file %S1 does not actually exist.

     String Condition  : File download -- [Enter/C] Continue, [Esc/A] Abort:
     String Description: This string is displayed when Iniquity has found the   
                         file and has displayed the file information to the user, 
                         it then gives the user the ability to continue with the 
                         download, or to abort.
     String Example
          <-> press enter to download, escape to abort:

     String Condition  : %S1: Insufficient time remaining for download.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user doesn't have      
                         enough time to download the file.
     String Example
          <-> %S1: insufficient time for transfer.

     String Condition  : File area %S1 - [%S2] files ž Newscanning...
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is scanning for   
                         new files. %S1 is the file area name, and %S2 is the   
                         total number of files in the file base.
     String Example
          [\] newscanning area %S1 śś <%S2 files> ...

     String Condition  : Newscan all file areas?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is asked if the   
                         want to scan all file areas for new files.
     String Example
          ©-- NewScan all file areas?
   

     String Condition  : Enter file newscan date [mm/dd/yy]:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is asked to enter 
                         in a new file pointer date (see MCI listing for %FD).
     String Example
          [\] enter newscan date [current: %FD]:

     String Condition  : %S3: Insufficient file pts.  Have: %S1, required: %S2
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user doesn't have      
                         enough file points to download a file. %S1 is the amount 
                         a user has, %S2 is what is needed. %S3 is the name of the 
                         file that the user is trying to download.
     String Example
          %S3: insufficient file points [have: %S1 - required: %S2]

     String Condition  : %S2 would exceed your daily dl limit of %S1 files.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has attempted to  
                         download a file after they've used up their downloads/day 
                         ratio. %S1 is the limit a user has. %S2 is the name of 
                         the file that the user is attempting to download.
     String Example
          %S2 would exceed your daily download limit of %S1 files per day.

     String Condition  : %S2 would exceed your daily dl kb limit of %S1kb.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has exceeded      
                         their daily kilobyte limit. %S1 is the total Kbytes the 
                         user can download in a day. %S2 is the name of the file 
                         the user is attempting to download.
     String Example
          %S2 would exceed your download limit of only %S1kb per day.

     String Condition  : Sorry, %S1 has not yet been validated.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has tried to      
                         download a file that has not yet been validated. %S1 is 
                         the filename.
     String Example
          <-> %S1 has not been validated for download.

     String Condition  : Enter filespec to list [Enter for all]
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user wants to list     
                         files, they can use a iniq*.* to look for all file that 
                         start with "iniq", or hit enter to list all files.
     String Example
          Enter filespec to list|LF[enter/all]

     String Condition  : No matching files found.
     String Description: This string is displayed when Iniquity doesn't find    
                         any files that have the filespec used.
     String Example
          No matching files found.

      

     String Condition  : Sorry, your download batch is full.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has tried to add a 
                         file to their download batch when it is full.
     String Example
          Sorry, your download batch is full.

     String Condition  : Enter filename to add to batch:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is adding a file  
                         to their download batch.
     String Example
          Enter filename to add to batch:

     String Condition  : File "%S1" added to batch.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a file has been added to 
                         the batch. %S1 is the file name of the file that is added 
                         to the batch.
     String Example
          File "%S1" successfully added to batch.

     String Condition  : Selected for download: %S1 [size = %S2 bytes,          
                         time = %S3]
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is downloading a  
                         file and Iniquity will list all the selected files in the 
                         user's batch. %S1 is the file name of the file, %S2 is 
                         the size of the file, and %S3 is the time it will take 
                         to download the file.
     String Example
          Selected: "%S1"  [size = %S2 bytes, time = %S3]

     String Condition  : Total selected: %S1 files, %S2 bytes [time = %S3]
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is downloading a  
                         file and Iniquity is tallying up the batch listing. %S1 
                         is the total number of files being downloaded, %S2 is the 
                         total number of bytes being downloaded, and %S3 is the 
                         amount of time to download all the files.
     String Example
          Total selected: %S1 files, %S2 bytes [time = %S3]

     String Condition  : %S1 files in batch, download them now?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a Iniquity informs the   
                         user how many files are in their batch, and is asking  
                         them ifthey want to download them. 
     String Example
          Download files in batch [%S1 file(s)] ?

     String Condition  : That file is already in your download batch.
     String Description: This string is displayed when Iniquity finds a file    
                         that the user has selected for download is already in the 
                         batch.
     String Example
          That file is already in your download batch.


     String Condition  : Transfer failed
     String Description: This string is displayed when a the file transfer has  
                         failed. 
     String Example
          Transfer failed.

     String Condition  : Transfer successful
     String Description: This string is displayed when the file transfer has    
                         been successfully completed.
     String Example
          Transfer successful.

     String Condition  : %S2 bytes sent in %S1 file(s)
     String Description: This string is displayed when the transfer is done and 
                         Iniquity is summarizing what was sent. %S1 is the total 
                         number of files sent, and %S2 is the total number of   
                         bytes sent. 
     String Example
          %S2 bytes sent in %S1 file(s).

     String Condition  : Listing files - up/down: file selector; left/right:    
                         menu lightbar
     String Description: This string is displayed as the help line when a user  
                         is listing the files in a file base.
     String Example
          -- Listing files - up/down: file selection bar; left/right: move      
             menu lightbar

     String Condition  : File selector - up/down: filebar; left/right: move     
                         menu lightbar
     String Description: This string is displayed as the help line when a user  
                         is selecting files to be added to their batch.
     String Example
          -- File selector - up/down: select file; left/right: move menu        
             lightbar

     String Condition  : Enter archive name to view:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is selecting a    
                         file to view. 
     String Example
          Enter archive name to view:

     String Condition  : Show information on which file?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has asked to see  
                         all information pertaining to the file they select.
     String Example
          Show information on which file?

     String Condition  : You do not have upload access in this area.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has tried to      
                         upload a file to an area that they can not upload to.
     String Example
          You do not have upload access in this area.

     String Condition  : You do not have download access in this area.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has attempted to  
                         download a file from an area that they don't has download 
                         access.
     String Example
          You do not have download access in this area.

     String Condition  : %S1: Download access denied.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has attempted to  
                         download a file that they don't have access to.
     String Example
          %S1: Access denied.

     String Condition  : Enter up to %S1 files to upload.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is uploading a    
                         file. %S1 is the total number of files they can upload.
     String Example
          Enter the file(s) you wish to upload; max %S1.

     String Condition  : Hit ENTER on a blank line when done.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is entering the   
                         description to the file they have uploaded.
     String Example
          Press [enter] on a blank line to end.

     String Condition  : [%S1] File to upload:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is entering the   
                         file names of the files they are going to upload. %S1 is 
                         the number that the file will be for uploading purposes 
                         only.
     String Example
          [%S1@04] Filename:

     String Condition  : Sorry, %S1 is already on this BBS.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has attempted to  
                         upload a file that is already on the system. %S1 is the 
                         file name of the file.
     String Example
          %S1 is already here!

     String Condition  : Enter file description(s) now or after transfer?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is asked if they  
                         want to add descriptions to the file's before or after 
                         they have been uploaded.
     String Example
          Enter file description(s) now or after upload?

     String Condition  : Adding %S1 to file area ...
     String Description: This string is displayed when all uploading has been   
                         completed and the file is being moved to the proper    
                         location. %S1 is the file name of the file.
     String Example
          Applying %S1 to file area records ...


     String Condition  : %S1 added [%S2 line description]
     String Description: This string is displayed when Iniquity has found a     
                         description file in the archive. %S1 is the file name, 
                         and %S2 is the total number of lines of the description.
     String Example
          %S1 added [%S2 line description]

     String Condition  : Enter file description for %S1.  Blank line when done.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is asked to add   
                         the description of the file, after the upload, %S1 is the 
                         file name.
     String Example
          Enter description for %S1.  Hit enter on a blank line to end.

     String Condition  : Desc line #%S1:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is entering a     
                         description for the file, %S1 is the line number of the 
                         description.
     String Example
          %S1@03:

     String Condition  : %S1 would put your UL/DL ratio out of balance.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has set their     
                         upload/download ratio off balance. %S1 is the file name 
                         of the file that would tip it over.
     String Example
          %S1: Sorry, your UL/DL ratio is out of balance.

     String Condition  : %S1 would put your UL/DL kilobyte ratio out of         
                         balance.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has set their     
                         upload/download kilobyte ratio off balance. %S1 is the 
                         file name of the file that would tip it over.
     String Example
          %S1: Sorry, your UL/DL kb ratio is out of balance.

     String Condition  : Lowest accessible file area.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is changing file  
                         areas, Iniquity will inform the user of the lowest     
                         accessible file area.
     String Example
          Lowest file area.

     String Condition  : Highest accessible file area.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is changing file  
                         areas, Iniquity will inform the user of the highest    
                         accessible file area.
     String Example
          Highest file area.
   

     String Condition  : Enter filespec to search for:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is prompted for   
                         the file specification to search for.
     String Example
          Enter Filespec:

     String Condition  : Search all file areas?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is asked if they  
                         want to search all file areas when looking for a file  
                         spec.
     String Example
          Search All File Areas?

     String Condition  : Search all file conferences?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is asked if the   
                         want to search all file conferences when looking for a 
                         file spec.
     String Example
          Search All File Conferences?

     String Condition  : Searching file area %S1 ...
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has entered all   
                         information in for the file spec and Iniquity is now   
                         searching the file areas. %S1 is the name of the file  
                         area that Iniquity is looking through.
     String Example
          Searching File Area %S1 ...

     String Condition  : No matching files found
     String Description: This string is displayed when Iniquity has not found   
                         anything matching the file spec.
     String Example
          There Are No Matching Files...

     String Condition  : Blind upload detected.  Found: %S1
     String Description: This string is displayed after a user has uploaded some 
                         files and Iniquity found that there are a few more then 
                         what was originally recorded. %S1 is the name of the file 
                         that was blind uploaded.
     String Example
          %S1 Is A Blind Upload. 

     String Condition  : Perform a "blind" upload?
     String Description: This string is displayed when the user is uploading,   
                         and is prompted if they want to blind upload.
     String Example
          Blind upload?

     

                        [ Section 8.15 - Conferences ]

     String Condition  : Select message conference to join [?/list]:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is selecting a    
                         new message conference to change to.
     String Example
          ©-- Select message conference :

     String Condition  : Select file conference to join [?/list]:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is selecting a    
                         new file conference to change to.
     String Example
          ©-- Select file conference :

     String Condition  : Joined message conference: %S1
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has changed to    
                         a new message conference. %S1 is the name of the new   
                         message conference.
     String Example
          ©-- Joined message conference: %S1

     String Condition  : Joined file conference: %S1
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has changed to a  
                         new file conference. %S1 is the name of the file       
                         conference.
     String Example
          ©-- Joined file conference: %S1


     
                        [ Section 8.16 - File Attach ]

     String Condition  : Enter description of attached file:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is asked to enter 
                         a description for the file they want to attach to the  
                         message.
     String Example
          ©-- Enter file description.|LF:

     String Condition  : File "%S1" successfully attached to message.
     String Description: This string is displayed when the file has been        
                         attached to the message. %S1 is the name of the file.
     String Example
          ©-- File %S1 attached.

     String Condition  : There is already a file attached to this message.      
                         Replace it?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a message already has a  
                         file attached to it. The user is asked if they want to 
                         attach a new file to it.
     String Example
          ©-- File already attached.  Replace it?

     String Condition  : There is a file attached to this message.
     String Description: This string is displayed when Iniquity informs a user  
                         that a file is attached to the message.
     String Example
          -- There is a file attached to this message.|LF

     String Condition  : Attached file description: %S1
     String Description: This string is displayed when Iniquity is displaying   
                         the files description. %S1 is the description.
     String Example
          Desc: %S1

     String Condition  : Attached file name: %S1, size: %S2
     String Description: This string is displayed when Iniquity is displaying   
                         the name and size of the attached file. %S1 is the name 
                         of the file, and %S2 is the size.
     String Example
          Name: %S1|LF  Size: %S2|LF

     String Condition  : Do you wish to download this file now?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is asked if they  
                         want to download the attached file.
     String Example
          -- Would you like to download it now?

   

                      [ Section 8.17 - QWK/REP Packets ]

     String Condition  : Gather messages from current conference only?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is attempting to  
                         download a QWK packet, they are asked if they want to  
                         only collect this conferences messages (see MCI listing 
                         for %CM).
     String Example
          :-: Gather msgs from current conference only? [%CM]

     String Condition  : Error encountered while creating QWK message packet,   
                         inform SysOp.
     String Description: This string is displayed when an error occurred during 
                         the packing of the QWK file.
     String Example
          :-: qwk download error ...

     String Condition  : QWK packet size: %S1 bytes ... Download it?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is asked if the   
                         want to download the QWK packet. %S1 is the size of the 
                         packet.
     String Example
          :-: qwk packet size: %S1 bytes ... download it?

     String Condition  : Sorry, there are no new messages.
     String Description: This string is displayed when there aren't any new     
                         messages to be processed.
     String Example
          :-: sorry, no new messages.

     String Condition  : Update message area newscan pointers?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user wants to have all 
                         the message pointers updated after processing a QWK    
                         packet.
     String Example
          :-: update message newscan pointers?

     String Condition  : Updating message pointers ... Please wait.
     String Description: This string is displayed when Iniquity is updating all 
                         the message pointers.
     String Example
          :-: updating pointers ... wait.

     String Condition  : Error encountered while processing REP packet, inform  
                         SysOp.
     String Description: This string is displayed when an error has occurred    
                         while processing the REP file.
     String Example
          :-: rep processing error ...

   

     String Condition  : This REP packet has already been uploaded!
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has attempted to  
                         upload a REP packet twice.
     String Example
          This REP packet has already been uploaded!

     String Condition  : Include your own messages in packet?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is asked if they  
                         want to include their own messages in the QWK packet. 
     String Example
          Include your own messages in packet?

   
                       [ Section 8.18 - File Scanning ]

     String Condition  : %S1 passed integrity (CRC) check.
     String Description: This string is displayed when Iniquity has tested a    
                         file for it's integrity and the file has passed. %S1 is 
                         the file name.
     String Example
          %S1 passed CRC check.

     String Condition  : %S1 failed integrity check!
     String Description: This string is displayed when Iniquity has tested a    
                         file for it's integrity and the file has failed. %S1 is 
                         the file name.
     String Example
          %S1 failed CRC check!

     String Condition  : %S1 decompressed successfully.
     String Description: This string is displayed when Iniquity has             
                         decompressed a file successfully. %S1 is the file name.
     String Example
          %S1 successfully uncompressed.

     String Condition  : Error decompressing %S1!
     String Description: This string is displayed when Iniquity has failed to   
                         decompress a file completely. %S1 is the file name.
     String Example
          Error while uncompressing %S1!

     String Condition  : %S1 passed virus scan.
     String Description: This string is displayed when the file has passed      
                         the virus scanner. %S1 is the file name.
     String Example
          No viruses found in %S1.

     String Condition  : %S1 failed virus scan!
     String Description: This string is displayed when a virus has been found   
                         in the file. %S1 is the file name.
     String Example
          %S1 failed virus scan!

     String Condition  : %S1 passed age test.  File date: %S2
     String Description: This string is displayed when a file has passed the    
                         age restriction phase. %S1 is the file name, and %S2 is 
                         the date of the file.
     String Example
          %S1 passed age test.  File [%S2]

     String Condition  : %S1 failed age test!  File date: %S2
     String Description: This string is displayed when a file has failed the    
                         age restriction phase. %S1 is the file name, %S2 is the 
                         date of the file.
     String Example
          %S1 failed age test!  File [%S2]


     String Condition  : Useless files removed from %S1.
     String Description: This string is displayed when Iniquity has removed all 
                         files that you have selected to have removed from the  
                         archive. %S1 is the file name.
     String Example
          Useless files stripped from archive.

     String Condition  : Necessary files added to %S1.
     String Description: This string is displayed when Iniquity has added all   
                         files you have selected to be added to the archives. %S1 
                         is the file name.
     String Example
          BBS advertisements added to file.

     String Condition  : BBS file comment successfully added to %S1.
     String Description: This string is displayed when Iniquity has added the   
                         comment to the archive. %S1 is the file name.
     String Example
          File comment added to %S1.

     String Condition  : External maintenance on %S1 complete.
     String Description: This string is displayed when Iniquity has completed   
                         any external maintenance that is to be executed. %S1 is 
                         the name of the file.
     String Example
          External maintenance complete.

     String Condition  : Description found in %S1.
     String Description: This string is displayed when Iniquity has found a     
                         description file in the archive. %S1 is the file name.
     String Example
          Found file description.

     String Condition  : No description found in %S1.
     String Description: This string is displayed when Iniquity has not found a 
                         description file in the archive. %S1 is the file name.
     String Example
          No description found in %S1.

     String Condition  : Sauce description found in %S1.
     String Description: This string is displayed when Iniquity has found a     
                         sauce description in the archive. %S1 is the file name.
     String Example
          Sauce description loaded from %S1.

     String Condition  : %S1 does not contain a sauce description.
     String Description: This string is displayed when Iniquity did not find a  
                         sauce description in the archive. %S1 is the file name.
     String Example
          %S1 has not been sauced.
      

     String Condition  : %S1 has passed all file tests.
     String Description: This string is displayed when the file passed. %S1 is  
                         the file name.
     String Example
          %S1 passed.

     String Condition  : %S1 failed.
     String Description: This string is displayed when the file failed. %S1 is  
                         the file name.
     String Example
          %S1 failed.


                            [ Section 8.19 - Info-Forms ]

     String Condition  : Fill out which infoform? [1-%S1]
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is prompted to    
                         select an info-form to fill out. %S1 is the total number 
                         of info-forms that can be filled out.
     String Example
          Fill out which infoform? [1-%S1]

     String Condition  : This infoform has already been completed. Continue?
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has selected an   
                         info-form that they have already filled out.
     String Example
          You have already completed this infoform.  Redo it?

   
                          [ Section 8.20 - Password ]

     String Condition  : Enter current password:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user is changing their 
                         password, they will first be asked to enter in their   
                         current password.
     String Example
          Enter current password:

     String Condition  : Incorrect password.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has incorrectly   
                         entered in their current password.
     String Example
          Password is incorrect.

     String Condition  : Enter your new password:
     String Description: This string is displayed when the user is changing     
                         their password, and they have successfully entered their 
                         old password.
     String Example
          Enter your new password:

     String Condition  : Password must be at least 4 characters long.
     String Description: This string is displayed when the user has attempted   
                         to enter in a password that is less then 4 characters  
                         long.
     String Example
          Password must be at least 4 characters long.

     String Condition  : Verify new password:
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has almost        
                         completed the password changing process. They must first 
                         verify their new password.
     String example
          Re-enter password for verification:

     String Condition  : Passwords do not match!
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has incorrectly   
                         entered in the password, when they are attempting to   
                         verify the password.
     String Example
          Passwords don't match.

     String Condition  : Password successfully changed.
     String Description: This string is displayed when a user has correctly     
                         verified their password.
     String Example
          Password changed.


   
                      [ Section 8.21 - New User Voting ]

     String Condition  : Checking for new users to vote on ...
     String Description: This string is displayed when Iniquity is looking for  
                         any new users that have yet to be voted on by the current 
                         user that is online.
     String Example
          [nuv] Scanning for new users ...

     String Condition  : Your vote for %S1? [y)es n)o a)bstain i)nfoforms]
     String Description: This string is displayed when Iniquity has found a     
                         user and is prompting the current user for their choice. 
                         %S1 is the name of the new user.
     String Example
          Should %S1 exist on this bbs? [y)es n)o a)bstain i)forms]
 
     String Condition  : Leave a comment about this user?
     String Description: This string is displayed after the user has voted,     
                         they are prompted if they want to leave a comment about 
                         the user.
     String Example
          Leave a comment?

     String Condition  : Enter nuv comment:
     String Description: This string is displayed when the user has chosen to   
                         leave a comment about the user, this is the prompt for 
                         the comment.
     String Example
          Enter comment:

     String Condition  : %S1 has been auto-validated.
     String Description: This string is displayed when the required number of   
                         'Yes' votes have been achieved. The new user is then   
                         upgrade to the pre-defined level. %S1 is the name of the 
                         user that has been validated.
     String Example
          %S1 has been validated!
 
     String Condition  : %S1 has been deleted.
     String Description: This string is displayed when the required number of   
                         'No' votes has been achieved. The new user's application 
                         is deleted from the records. %S1 is the name of the new 
                         user.
     String Example
          %S1's account has been terminated.
 
     String Condition  : No NUV infoforms exist for this user.
     String Description: This string is displayed when Iniquity was unable to   
                         find the Info-Form that the new user should have filled 
                         out.
     String Example
          This user has not completed any newuser infoforms.



     String Condition  : New user voting is disabled on this BBS.
     String Description: This string is displayed when new user voting has been 
                         disabled on the system, and you have chosen to display 
                         the string with the menu command.
     String Example
          New user voting is not used on this BBS

        

                   [ Section 9 - User Configuration Editor ]

          With the user configuration editor, you are able to edit or delete any
     account that is currently on your system. By doing this you are able to keep
     strict control over your user's access settings and information. You are able
     to access the editor via the command line parameter, using the WFC option,
     or using one of two menu commands, one for user's and one for you the SysOp.
     You're users will not have the ability to edit as much as you can, but by
     using the wave file, you can give them a desirable amount of information that
     they can edit. The following is the actual screen that you would see when you
     have loaded the editor:



     ŽÜ                        - Iniquity User Editor -                      ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

     [/] Current #   1 of 1                 [[] Previous       []] Next
     [A] Handle      Comatose               [B] Password     *************
     [C] Real name   Mike Spenard           [D] Phone number (603)497-3499
     [F] Address     56 Private Drive       [E] Location     Goffstown, NH
     [H] SysOp note  None                   [G] Usernote     SysOp access
     [=] User flags  [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ]       [#] Zip code     -
     [I] Birthdate   07/20/75 [J] Gender       Male     [K] Baudrate     0
     [L] Level ID    E        [M] SL           255      [N] DSL          255
     [O] Msg area    1        [P] File area    1        [Q] File pts     64000
     [R] Calls       2        [S] Last call    10/18/95 [T] First call   -
     [U] Start menu  STARTUP  [V] Page length  24       [W] Email now    0
     [X] Time today  63997    [Y] Time p/day   640      [Z] Calls today  1
     [1] Posts       0        [2] Email        0        [3] Post/call %  0%
     [4] Uploads     0        [5] Downloads    0        [6] Daily DL     64000
     [7] UL Kb       0k       [8] DL Kb        0k       [9] Daily Kb     64000
     [0] UL/DL ratio 64000    [!] U/D Kb ratio 64000    [@] Textfile lib 1
     [%] "Yes" votes 0        [$] "No" votes   0        [^] Time Bank variables
     [-] Edit colors    [+] Autosignature   [?] Edit user prefs [>] Upgrade ACS
     [&] View infoforms [~] Clear infoforms [*] Delete user     [<] Lower ACS

     ßž[                                                                    ]žß



     [/] Current # - This option allows you to jump to the user you want to     
                     edit.

     [[] Previous  - This option allows you to move to the preceding user's     
                     account.

     []] Next      - This option allows you to move to the next user's account.

     [A] Handle    - This option allows you to edit the user's alias.

     [B] Password  - This option allows you to edit the user's password.

     [C] Real Name - This option allows you to edit the user's real name.

     [D] Phone Number - This option allows you to edit the user's phone number.

     [E] Location     - This option allows you to edit the user's location.

     [F] Address      - This option allows you to edit the user's address.

     [G] Usernote     - This option allows you to edit the accounts user note.

     [H] SysOp Note   - This option allows you to edit the accounts Sysop note.

     [=] User Flags   - This option allows you to toggle the user flags on or   
                        off.

     [#] Zip Code     - This option allows you to edit the accounts zip code.

     [I] Birthdate    - This option allows you to edit the user's birth date.

     [J] Gender       - This option allows you to 'change' the user's gender,   
                        male or female.

     [K] Baudrate     - This option allows you to edit the user's baud rate.

     [L] Level ID     - This option allows you to edit the user's level id.

     [M] SL           - This option allows you to change the user's security    
                        level.

     [N] DSL          - This option allows you to change the user's download    
                        security level.

     [O] Msg Area     - This option allows you to change the user's current     
                        message area.

     [P] File Area    - This option allows you to change the user's current     
                        file area.

     [Q] File Pts.    - This option allows you to change the number of file     
                        points a user has.

     [R] Calls        - This option allows you to change the user's total       
                        number of calls.

     [S] Last Call    - This option allows you to change the date of the user's 
                        last call.

     [T] First Call   - This option allows you to change the date of the user's 
                        first call.

     [U] Start Menu   - This option allows you to change the start up menu for  
                        this user. This is the menu the user is routed to after 
                        the logon process has been completed.

     [V] Page Length  - This option allows you to change the number of lines a  
                        user's screen display is.

     [W] Email Now    - This option allows you to change the number of email    
                        messages currently waiting for the user.

     [X] Time Today   - This option allows you to set the amount of time the    
                        user has left today.

     [Y] Time Per Day - This option allows you to set the amount of time a user 
                        will have each day.

     [Z] Calls Today  - This option allows you to change the number of calls a  
                        user has made to the system today.

     [1] Posts        - This option allows you to change the total number of    
                        message posts a user has.

     [2] Email        - This option allows you to change the total number of    
                        EMAIL posts a user has.

     [3] Post/Call %  - This option allows you to change the user's current     
                        post/call ration (PCR).

     [4] Uploads      - This option allows you to change the total number of    
                        uploads a user has.

     [5] Downloads    - This option allows you to change the total number of    
                        downloads a user has.

     [6] Daily DL     - This option allows you to change the user's daily       
                        download limit.

     [7] UL Kb        - This option allows you to change the total number of    
                        Kbytes a user has uploaded.

     [8] DL kb        - This option allows you to change the total number of    
                        Kbytes a user has downloaded.

     [9] Daily Kb     - This option allows you to change the user's daily       
                        download Kbytes limit.

     [0] UL/DL Ratio  - This option allows you to change the user's             
                        upload/download ratio.

     [!] U/D Kb Ratio - This option allows you to change the user's             
                        upload/download Kbytes ratio.

     [@] Textfile Lib - This option allows you to change the user's current     
                        text file library to a new setting.

     [^] Time Bank Variables - This option allows you to change the users
                               settings for the Time Bank.

     [%] "Yes" votes  - This option allows you to change the number of 'Yes'
                        votes that the new user currently has.

     [$] "No" Votes   - This option allows you to change the number of 'No'     
                        votes that the new user currently has.


     [-] Edit User Colors    - This option allows you to change the user's      
                               default colors.

     [+] Edit Autosignature  - This option allows you to edit the user's auto   
                               signature.

     [?] Edit Preferences    - This option allows you to edit a user's          
                               preferences, like hot key's, screen pausing.

     [>] Upgrade User Access - This option allows you to upgrade a user's       
                               access level to the next available level.

     [&] View InfoForm       - This option allows you to view the info-forms    
                               that the user has answered.

     [~] Clear InfoForm      - This option allows you to clear the info-forms   
                               that the user has answered.

     [*] Delete User         - This option allows you to delete an account.

     [<] lower User Access   - This option allows you to lower a user's         
                               current access level to the previous level.

   

                   [ Section 9.1 - User Preference Editor ]

          With the USER PREFERENCE editor, you are able to modify certain aspects
     of a user configuration.



     ŽÜ                     - User Preference Editor -                       ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

     [1] Yes/No bars      Yes
     [2] Expert mode      No
     [3] Hot keys         Yes
     [4] Screen pausing   Yes
     [5] Autoquote        Yes

     ßž[                                                                    ]žß



     [1] Yes/No Bars    - This option allows you to toggle the user's Yes/No    
                          bars on or off.

     [2] Expert Mode    - This option allows you to toggle the user's Expert    
                          mode on or off.

     [3] Hot Keys       - This option allows you to toggle the user's Hot Key's 
                          on or off.

     [4] Screen Pausing - This option allows you to toggle the user's Screen    
                          Pausing on or off.

     [5] Autoquote      - This option allows you to toggle the user's Auto      
                          Quoting on or off.



      
                        [ Section 10 - Archiver Setup ]

          To load Iniquity's internal ARCHIVE editor, you must use one of two
     methods. With the WFC screen option 'ARCHIVER SETUP', or with the menu
     command '*Z'. When the editor has been successfully loaded, you will see a
     screen similar to the one displayed below. This screen gives you a list of
     options that will allow you to change the settings of an archive.



     ŽÜ                    - Iniquity Archiver Editor -                      ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

     --- Current archiver #  1
     [A] Active archiver     Yes
     [B] File extension      ZIP
     [C] Archive signature   PK^003^004
     [D] Compress command    PKZIP -rpa -ex %AF %FN
     [E] Decompress command  PKUNZIP -do %AF %FN
     [F] Test command        PKUNZIP -t %AF
     [G] Comment command     PKZIP -z %AF < %CF
     [H] Delete command      PKZIP -d %AF %FN
     [I] List character      @
     [J] Internal viewer     ZIP
     [K] Success errorlevel  0
     [L] Check errorlevel    Yes
     [[] Previous archiver
     []] Next archiver

     ßž[                                                                    ]žß



     [A] Active Archiver    - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's usage 
                              of this archiver.

     [B] File Extension     - This option allows you to set the extension that  
                              Iniquity will look for when determining what      
                              archiver to use.

     [C] Archive Signature  - This option allows you to set the signature of an 
                              archive. The archivers use this signature to verify 
                              that it is in fact this type of archive.

     [D] Compress Command   - This option allows you to set the command line    
                              that Iniquity will use when compressing files with 
                              this archive.

     [E] Decompress Command - This option allows you to set the command line    
                              that Iniquity will use when decompressing a like  
                              archive.

     [F] Test Command       - This option allows you to set the command line    
                              that Iniquity will use when testing an archive.

     [G] Comment Command    - This option allows you to set the command line    
                              that Iniquity will use when adding a comment to   
                              the archive.

     [H] Delete Command     - This option allows you to set the command line    
                              that Iniquity will use when deleting files from an 
                              archive.

     [I] List Character     - This option allows you to set the character that  
                              will be placed on the command line when a file    
                              containing a large number of files to be added or 
                              deleted is used.

     [J] Internal Viewer    - This option allows you to set Iniquity's internal 
                              viewer that will be used when a user has requested 
                              to view the archive.

     [K] Success ErrorLevel - This option allows you to set the ERRORLEVEL used 
                              to determine if the files have been compressed,   
                              decompressed, or tested properly.

     [K] Check ErrorLevel   - This option allows you to toggle Iniquity's       
                              ability to check the ERRORLEVEL for possible error 
                              returns.

     [[] Previous Archiver  - This option allows you to return to the preceding 
                              archiver.

     []] Next Archiver      - This option allows you to move to the next        
                              archiver.



     Note:  There are three current MCI codes that can be used with the         
            archive's.

            %AF  - This is the archive file name.
            %FN  - This is the file name or file spec to zip.
            %CF  - This is the archive comment text file name.

            


                        [ Section 11 - Protocol Setup ]

          To load Iniquity's internal PROTOCOL editor, you must use one of two
     methods. With the option in the WFC screen 'PROTOCOL CFG', or with the menu
     command '*X'. When the editor has been successfully loaded you will see a
     screen similar to the one displayed below. This screen will give you a list
     of options that will allow you to change the parameters of a protocol.



     ŽÜ                    - Iniquity Protocol Editor -                      ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

     --- Current Protocol #  1              [[] Prev            []] Next
                                            [B] Destription          Xmodem
     [1] Active Protocol     Yes            [2] Batch protocol       No
     [3] Bidirectional       No             [4] Activation Key       X
     [C] Access Required
     [D] Log File            %TD\DSZLOG.%ND
     [E] Receive Command     cexyx /p%CP /b%BR /rx %FN
     [F] Send Command        cexyz /p%CP /b%BR /sx %FN
     [G] Filename Position   51
     [H] Status Position     1
     [I] Batch List Filename
     [J] Environment Cmd     SET DSZLOG=%LF
     [K] Result Code Means   Transfer successful
     [L] Receive Code #1     R              [R] Send Code #1         S
     [M] Receive Code #2     r              [S] Send Code #2         s
     [N] Receive Code #3                    [T] Send Code #3
     [O] Receive Code #4                    [U] Send Code #4
     [P] Receive Code #5                    [V] Send Code #5
     [Q] Receive Code #6                    [W] Send Code #6

     ßž[                                                                    ]žß



     [[] Prev            - This option allows you to return to the previous     
                           protocol.

     []] Next            - This option allows you to move on to the next        
                           protocol.

     [B] Description     - This option allows you to enter in a description
                           of the protocol.

     [1] Active Protocol - This option allows you to toggle the protocol to be
                           active or inactive.

     [2] Batch Protocol  - This option allows you to set the protocol up as a   
                           batch protocol. This is used when more then one file 
                           is to be transferred.

     [3] BiDirectional   - This option allows you to set the protocol up as a   
                           bi-directional protocol. This means that the protocol 
                           can send and receive at the same time.

     [4] Activation Key      - This option allows you to set the key that the   
                               user must press to call the protocol.

     [C] Access Required     - This option allows you to set the access
                               expression that will be used to determine if the 
                               user has access to the protocol.

     [D] Log File            - This option allows you to enter the path and     
                               file name of the file that will be used as the log 
                               file for file transfers.

     [E] Receive Command     - This option allows you to enter in the command   
                               line that Iniquity will use when receiving a file 
                               from the user.

     [F] Send Command        - This option allows you to enter in the command   
                               line that Iniquity will use when sending a file to 
                               the user.

     [G] Filename Position   - This option allows you to enter in the location  
                               that the file name will be found.

     [H] Status Position     - This option allows you to enter in the location  
                               that the status of the protocol will be found.

     [I] Batch List Filename - This option allows you to enter in a file name   
                               of the file that Iniquity will use to store a    
                               user's upload or download batch list. The protocol 
                               must be able to support batch uploads or downloads 
                               in order for this option to work.

     [J] Environment Cmd     - This option allows you to enter in the           
                               environment command line that Iniquity will send 
                               to DOS before loading the protocol.

     [K] Result Code Means   - This option allows you to toggle the meaning of  
                               the result codes, if they return a failed value, 
                               or a successful value.

     [L]-[Q] Receive Codes   - These options allow you to enter in the codes    
                               that are used when receiving a file.

     [R]-[W] Send Codes      - These options allow you to enter in the codes    
                               that are used when sending a file.



      
     Note:  These MCI code's can be used to simplify adding new protocols to the 
            data base. Iniquity will look at each code and insert the proper    
            information.

            %BR  - The User's Current Baud Rate.
            %CP  - The Node's Current Comport.
            %ND  - The Current Node Number.
            %TD  - The Path To The Current TEMP Directory.
            %LF  - The Path And File Name To The Log File.
            %FL  - The Full Path And File Name To The Batch List File (Batch    
                   Only).
            %FN  - The Full Path And File Name To The File Being Transferred.



                             [ Section 12 - File Area Editor ]
   
          To load up Iniquity's internal FILE AREA editor, you must use one of two
     methods. With the WFC screen option 'FILEAREA EDITOR', or with the menu
     command '*F'. When the editor has been successfully loaded you will see a
     screen similar to the one displayed below. This screen gives you a list of
     options that allow you to change the settings in a file area.



      Num  Description                Filename  ACS    ulACS  dlACS  Sponsor
     ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
      1    New Iniquity file area     NEWAREA   s25    s50    s50    SysOp
     ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
     -- [I]nsert [D]elete [E]dit [M]ove [Esc]Quit ł Command:



     [I] Insert - This option allows you to add a new file area to the current  
                  list.

     [D] Delete - This option allows you to remove a file area from the list,   
                  removing all records of the area.

     [E] Edit   - This option allows you to edit a file area currently in the   
                  list, to change it's current settings.

     [M] Move   - This option allows you to change the file areas location in   
                  the list.

        

     When you have selected to edit a file base, the following screen is
     displayed:

                                           

     ŽÜ                     - Iniquity File Area Editor -                    ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

     --- Current Area             1
     [A] Description              New Iniquity file area
     [B] Filename                 NEWAREA
     [C] File Path                C:\INIQ\
     [D] Area Sponsor             SysOp
     [E] Access ACS               s25
     [F] Upload ACS               s50
     [G] Download ACS             s50
     [H] Password
     [I] Sort Method              Filename
     [J] Sort Direction           Ascending
     [K] # of files               0
     [[] Previous Area
     []] Next Area

     ßž[                                                                    ]žß

   
     [A] Description    - This option allows you to enter in a description of   
                          the file area, this will be used as the file area name.

     [B] Filename       - This option allows you to enter in a name of the file 
                          used to store file area information.

     [C] File Path      - This option allows you to enter in the path where all 
                          files in the area will be stored.

     [D] Area Sponsor   - This option allows you to change who the sponsor of   
                          the file area is. This is usually the person who created 
                          the base.

     [E] Access ACS     - This option allows you to set the access expression   
                          used to determine who has access to the file area.

     [F] Upload ACS     - This option allows you to set the access expression   
                          used to determine who can upload directly into the file 
                          area.

     [G] Download ACS   - This option allows you to set the access expression   
                          used to determine who has access to download from the 
                          file area.

     [H] Password       - This option allows you to enter in a password that a  
                          user must enter correctly or they will be refused access 
                          to the file area.


     [I] Sort Method    - This option allows you to set the sorting method that 
                          will be used when sorting the file area. There are    
                          currently eight methods that can be used.

                          1. File Name   - Sorted By Name.
                          2. Extension   - Sorted By Extension Of File.
                          3. Size        - Sorted By File Size.
                          4. Date        - Sorted By Date Of File.
                          5. Upload Date - Sorted By Date Of Upload.
                          6. Uploader    - Sorted By Name Of Uploader.
                          7. Downloads   - Sorted By Number Of Downloads.
                          8. None        - Not Sorted.

     [J] Sort Direction - This option allows you to set the direction that you  
                          want the files to be sorted, either in ascending order, 
                          or descending order.

     [K] # Of Files     - This option allows you to set the number of files
                          in the area. (do not change unless necessart)

     [[] Previous Area  - This option allows you to return to the previous file
                          area.

     []] Next Area      - This option allows you to move on to the next file    
                          area.

   


                   [ Section 12.1 - File Conference Editor ]

          To load up Iniquity's internal FILE CONFERENCE editor, you must use one
     of two methods. With the WFC screen option 'FILE CONF EDITOR', or with the
     menu command '*!'. Once the editor has been successfully loaded Iniquity will
     display a screen similar to the one displayed below. This screen will give
     you a list of options that will allow you to change the file conference
     settings.



      Num  Description                          ACS                  Key
     ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
      1    New File Conference                                       X
     ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
     -- [I]nsert [D]elete [E]dit [M]ove [Esc]Quit ł Command:



     [I] Insert - This option allows you to insert a new conference into the    
                  list.

     [D] Delete - This option allows you to remove a conference from the list.

     [E] Edit   - This option allows you to change the current settings of a    
                  conference already in the list.

     [M] Move   - This option allows you to move a conference to a new location 
                  in the current list.
    

     When you've selected the option to edit a conference, the following screen
     is displayed:



     ŽÜ                 - Iniquity File Conference Editor -                  ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

     --- Current Conference       1
     [A] Key                      X
     [B] Description              New File Conference
     [C] ACS
     [[] Previous Conference
     []] Next Conference

     ßž[                                                                    ]žß



     [A] Key         - This option allows you to set the key that a user must   
                       press in order for Iniquity to switch over to the        
                       conference.

     [B] Description - This option allows you to enter in a description, or     
                       name, that will be used in the conference list.

     [C] ACS         - This option allows you to enter in the access expression 
                       that will be used to determine if a user has access to the 
                       conference.

     [[] Previous    - This option allows you to return to the previous         
                       conference.

     []] Next        - This option allows you to move on to the next            
                       conference.
    


                  [ Section 12.2 - File Information Editor ]

          Iniquity offer's the ability to edit a files information while you are
     online, but there are two different types of editor's, depending on where you
     call the editor from to edit the files information. If you call the editor
     while you are listing the files in a file base, you will not be able to move,
     or delete, a file from a file base. You may only move and delete a file when
     you call the menu command version of the editor, that means that the SysOp
     must install this option into the menu, and you must call that option via the
     command required to activate the command.



     ŽÜ          - Iniquity File Editor: New Iniquity file area -            ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

     [/] Current file #      1 of 3
     [A] Filename            INIQ1A24.ZIP   [[] Prev            []] Next
     [B] Size                610432
     [C] Date                10/31/95
     [D] Downloads           0
     [E] File points         82
     [F] Uploader            Blackball
     [G] Upload date         11/12/95
     [H] Validated           Yes
     [I] Edit description    6 line(s)      [J] View archive
     [=] Move file                          [*] Delete file
     [+] Apply description                  [-] Extract description

     :::  _____  :::: :::::: ____       :::::
         /____/___   ______ /___/___ °° ______
     °  ____/_    >-/     /___/_    >--/     /
       /     >   / /  °  /     / : /  / ::  /
      / ::  :___/ /     /     :___(__/     /
     (_____/ -ks <____/(_____/      /     / °
     ÄÄ--ÄÄݰÄİ-----ÄÄÄ-----/>>  /_____/<--)
     : i n i q u i t y   b b s  s y s t e m  :
     Ś----Ä->  v1.00a26r5 °°  12/01/97 )-´


     ßž[                                                                    ]žß



     [/] Current File # - This option allows you to jump to another file        
                          number.
 
     [[] Prev           - This option allows you to return to the previous file 
                          in the file base.

     []] Next           - This option allows you to move to the next file in    
                          the file base.

     [A] Filename       - This option allows you to edit the current file name.

     [B] Size           - This option allows you to change the file size.



     [C] Date                - This option allows you to change the current     
                               date of the file.

     [D] Downloads           - This option allows you to change the total       
                               number of downloads.

     [E] File Points         - This option allows you to change the number of   
                               file points that the file is worth.

     [F] Uploader            - This option allows you to change the uploader of 
                               the file to another user name.

     [G] Upload Date         - This option allows you to change the date that   
                               the file was uploaded on.

     [H] Validated           - This option allows you to change weather the     
                               file has been validated or not.

     [I] Edit Description    - This option allows you to modify the current     
                               description. The number of line's of the         
                               description are displayed on the screen, and will 
                               change if you modify the description any.

     [J] View Archive        - This option allows you to view the contents of   
                               the archive.

     [=] Move File           - This option is only available if you have called 
                               the editor from the menu, not the file listing. You 
                               will be prompted for a new location to move the  
                               file to, another file base.

     [*] Delete File         - This option is only available if you have called 
                               the editor from the menu option, not from the file 
                               listing. You will be asked to confirm the deletion 
                               of the file, and if you agree to delete it,      
                               Iniquity will remove all information from the base.

     [+] Apply Description   - This option allows you to add/update the         
                               description file to the current archive.

     [-] Extract Description - This option allows you to load the original      
                               description file from the archive.





                     [ Section 13 - Message Area Editor ]

          To load Iniquity's internal MESSAGE AREA editor you must use of two
     methods. With the WFC screen option 'MSGAREA EDITOR', or with the menu
     command '*A'. Once the editor has been successfully loaded, Iniquity will
     display a screen similar to the one displayed below. This screen will give
     you a list of options that will allow you to change the settings of that
     message area.



      Num  Description                Filename  ACS    pACS   Max  Sponsor
     ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
      1    New Iniquity Message Area  NEWAREA   s25    s50    200  SysOp
     ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
     -- [I]nsert [D]elete [E]dit [M]ove [Esc]Quit ł Command:



     [I] Insert - This option allows you to insert a new message area into the  
                  list.

     [D] Delete - This option allows you to delete a message area from the      
                  list.

     [E] Edit   - This option allows you to change the settings of a message    
                  area currently in the list.

     [M] Move   - This option allows you to change the location of a message    
                  area currently in the list.



     When you have selected to edit a message area, the following screen is
     displayed:



     ŽÜ                  - Iniquity Message Area Editor -                    ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

     --- Current Area   1 of 1
     [A] Description    New Iniquity Message Area
     [B] Filename       NEWAREA
     [C] Msg Area Type  Local message area
     [G] Area Sponsor   SysOp
     [H] Access ACS     s25
     [I] Post ACS       s50
     [J] Max Messages   200
     [K] Password
     [L] QWK Name       NewArea
     [M] Messages       0
     [1] Unhidden       No
     [2] Real Names     No                  [4] Mandatory       No
     [3] Private        Yes                 [5] Anonymous       Yes
     [[] Previous Area
     []] Next Area

     ßž[                                                                    ]žß



     [A] Description   - This option allows you to enter in a description that  
                         will be used for the name of the message area.

     [B] Filename      - This option allows you to enter in a file name that    
                         will be used to store all messages information for the 
                         current area.

     [C] Msg Area Type - This option allows you to set the message area type,   
                         there are currently two types that can be used.

                         1. Local message area - Used for local only messages.
                         2. EchoMail area      - Used for message networks.

     [G] Area Sponsor  - This option allows you to enter in a message area      
                         sponsor, this is usually the person who created the    
                         message area.

     [H] Access ACS    - This option allows you to set the access expression    
                         that will be used to determine if the user has access to 
                         the message area.

     [I] Post ACS      - This option allows you to set the access expression    
                         that will be used to determine if the user can post in 
                         the message area.



     [J] Max Messages  - This option allows you to set the maximum number of    
                         messages that can be in the message area. If set to 0 an 
                         unlimited number of messages are able to be kept in the 
                         message area.

     [K] Password      - This option allows you to enter in a password that the 
                         user must enter correctly in order to access the message 
                         area.

     [L] QWK Name      - This option allows you to enter in a name used by the  
                         QWK/REP processor when creating QWK files, or adding REP 
                         messages.

     [M] Messages      - This option allows yo the set the total number of messages
                         in the area. (do not change unless necessary)

     [1] Unhidden      - This option allows you to set up the message area so   
                         that it will remain visible if the even if the user is 
                         in a different conference, or if they don't have access 
                         to it.

     [2] Real Names    - This option allows you to toggle the real names only   
                         option for the message base.

     [3] Private       - This option allows you to toggle the private messages  
                         allowed setting for the message area.

     [4] Mandatory     - This option allows you to toggle the mandatory setting 
                         for the message area, if on then the user must read all 
                         messages in the message area.

     [5] Anonymous     - This option allows you to toggle the anonymous setting 
                         in the message area, if on, then the user can post a   
                         message anonymously.

     [[] Previous Area - This option allows you to return to the previous       
                         message area.

     []] Next Area     - This option allows you to move on to the next message  
                         area.



                 [ Section 13.1 - Message Conference Editor ]

          To load Iniquity's internal MESSAGE CONFERENCE editor, you must use one
     of two methods. With the WFC screen option 'MSG CONF EDITOR', or with the
     menu command '*@'. Once the editor has been successfully loaded, Iniquity
     will display a screen similar to the one displayed below. This screen will
     give you a list of options that will allow you to select a conference that
     you wish to modify.



      Num  Description                          ACS                  Key
     ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
      1    New Message Conference                                    X
     ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
     -- [I]nsert [D]elete [E]dit [M]ove [Esc]Quit ł Command:



     [I] Insert - This option allows you to insert a new message conference     
                  into the list.

     [D] Delete - This option allows you to remove a message conference from    
                  the list.

     [E] Edit   - This option allows you to change the settings of a message    
                  conference currently in the list.

     [M] Move   - This option allows you to change the position of a message    
                  conference currently in the list.




     When you've chosen the option to edit a message conference, the following
     screen is displayed:



     ŽÜ               - Iniquity Message Conference Editor -                 ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

     --- Current Conference       1
     [A] Key                      X
     [B] Description              New Message Conference
     [C] ACS
     [[] Previous Conference
     []] Next Conference

     ßž[                                                                    ]žß



     [A] Key         - This option allows you to enter in a key that the user   
                       must press in order to change to the conference.

     [B] Description - This option allows you to enter in a description of the  
                       message conference, this description is used as the name 
                       when listing the conferences.

     [C] ACS         - This option allows you to set the access expression used 
                       to determine if a user has access to the conference.

     [[] Previous    - This option allows you to return to the previous message 
                       conference.

     []] Next        - This option allows you to move on to the next message    
                       conference.



                  [ Section 14 - Bulletin Board List Editor ]

          To load Iniquity's internal BULLETIN BOARD LIST editor, you must use one
     of two methods. With the WFC screen option 'BBS LIST EDITOR', or with the
     menu command '*B'. Once the editor has been successfully loaded, Iniquity
     will display a screen similar to the one displayed below. This screen will
     give you a list of options that will allow you to select a list item to
     modify.



      Num  BBS Name                    SysOp                  Baud    Software
     ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
      1    Route 666                   Comatose&aOh           33600   Iniquity
     ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
     -- [I]nsert [D]elete [E]dit [M]ove [Esc]Quit ł Command:



     [I] Insert - This option allows you to insert a new board into the list.

     [D] Delete - This option allows you to remove a board from the list.

     [E] Edit   - This option allows you to change the settings of a board      
                  currently in the list.

     [M] Move   - This option allows you to change the position of a board in   
                  the list.



     When you have selected the option to edit a BBS in the list, the
     following screen is displayed:



     ŽÜ                    - Iniquity BBS List Editor -                      ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

     --- Current        1 of 1
     [A] Name           Route 666
     [B] SysOp          Comatose&aOh
     [C] Phone Number   (603)497-3499
     [D] Baudrate       33600
     [E] Software       Iniquity
     [F] Storage        7000mb
     [G] Other Info     Iniquity whq
     [H] Who added      SysOp
     [[] Previous BBS
     []] Next BBS

     ßž[                                                                    ]žß



     [A] Name         - This option allows you to enter in a name.

     [B] SysOp        - This option allows you to enter in the name of the      
                        SysOp that will be displayed when viewing the list.

     [C] Phone Number - This option allows you to enter in the phone number     
                        that will be displayed when viewing the list.

     [D] Baudrate     - This option allows you to enter in the maximum baud     
                        rate of the system that will be displayed when viewing the 
                        list.

     [E] Software     - This option allows you to enter in the software used by 
                        the system that will be displayed when viewing the list.

     [F] Storage      - This option allows you to enter the amount of storage   
                        in Mbytes that will be displayed when viewing the list.

     [G] Other Info   - This option allows you to add any other information     
                        that you think might be necessary that will be displayed 
                        when viewing the list.

     [H] Who Added    - This option allows you to enter in the name of the user 
                        who added the board to the list.

     [[] Previous     - This option allows you to return to the previous board  
                        in the list.

     []] Next         - This option allows you to move on to the next board in  
                        the list.

                      [ Section 15 - Statistics Editor ]

          To load Iniquity's internal STATISTICS editor, you must use one of two
     methods. With the WFC screen option 'STAT EDITOR', or with the menu command
     '*H'. Once the editor has been successfully loaded, Iniquity will display a
     screen similar to the one displayed below. This screen will give you a list
     of options that will allow you to edit the statistics information.



     ŽÜ                - Iniquity System Statistics Editor -                 ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

     [A] First Day           10/18/95
     [B] Calls               0
     [C] Posts               0
     [D] Email               0
     [E] Uploads             0
     [F] Downloads           0
     [G] Uploaded Kb         0
     [H] Downloaded Kb       0

     ßž[                                                                    ]žß



     [A] First Day     - This option allows you to change the day that the      
                         board was first up.

     [B] Calls         - This option allows you to change the total number of   
                         calls that the system has received from the first day the 
                         board was up.

     [C] Posts         - This option allows you to change the total number of   
                         posts that have been posted since the first day your   
                         board has been up.

     [D] Email         - This option allows you to change the total number of   
                         EMAIL messages that have been posted on the board since 
                         the first day it was up.

     [E] Uploads       - This option allows you to change the total number of   
                         uploads that your system has received since the first day 
                         it was up.

     [F] Downloads     - This option allows you to change the total number of   
                         downloads that have occurred on the board since the first 
                         day it was up.

     [G] Uploaded Kb   - This option allows you to change the total number of   
                         kilobytes that have been uploaded to the board since the 
                         first day it was up.



     [H] Downloaded Kb - This option allows you to change the total number of   
                         kilobytes that has been downloaded from the board since 
                         the first day it was up.



                      [ Section 16 - Chat Mode Commands ]

          There are two types of chat modes that Iniquity has to offer, the first
     type is a 'Split Screen Chat Mode. This mode uses a wave text file to define
     the screen it will use, you are able to completely configure it. But it
     doesn't have the options to use chat commands like the ones below. The second
     type in what is called 'Line Chat Mode', you are currently not able to
     configure this option but you have the use of the following commands.

     /?            - This command is used to display the chat command help      
                     screen.

     /Acs xxxx     - This command allows you to test if a user would have       
                     access by using a condition expression 'xxxx'.

     /Batch xxxx   - This command allows you to attempt to add a file to the    
                     users batch list.

     /Bye          - This command is used to log off of the system will still   
                     in chat mode.

     /Cls          - This command is used to clear the screen on both the local 
                     and remote end.

     /Page         - This command is used to send a beep to both the user and   
                     the SysOp.

     /Q,/X,/EXIT   - These commands are used to exit manually from the chat mode.

     /Receive xxxx - This command is used to receive a file from the user, if   
                     the file has a different name that what was specified by   
                     'xxxx' then Iniquity will rename the file to 'xxxx'.
     
     /Receivebatch - This command is used to receive a group of files from the  
                     user, all files will be received with the names that they  
                     were sent with.

     /Send xxxx    - This command is used to send file 'xxxx' to the user.
     
     /Sendbatch    - This command is used to send all the files in the users    
                     current download batch to the user.

     /Tetris       - This command allows you or the user to play the internal   
                     tetris game, for points. 

     /Time         - This command is used to display the current time, and      
                     date, as well as the total amount of time spent in chat mode.

     /Type xxxx    - This command is used to display a text file while still in 
                     chat mode, you must enter the full path and file name, or  
                     else Iniquity will look in the TEXT directory.



                           [ Section 17 - MicroDOS ]

          MicroDOS is a DOS emulator that allows you to a select number of things.
     There are currently 17 commands that can be used will in MicroDOS.

     HELP      - This command is used to display the command help screen.

     EXIT      - This command is used to exit the DOS emulator.

     DEL x     - This command is used to delete file(s), where 'x' is the file  
                 name, or specification, to be deleted.

     TYPE x    - This command is used to display a text file on the screen,     
                 where 'x' is the file name of the file to be displayed.

     REN x     - This command is used to rename a file, where 'x' is the file   
                 name to be renamed, you must also specify the new file name.

     DIR x     - This command is used to list the files in the current          
                 directory, where 'x' is the file specification.

     CD x      - This command is used to change to a new directory, where 'x'   
                 is the directory name to change to.

     MD x      - This command is used to make a new directory, where 'x' is the 
                 new directory name.

     RD x      - This command is used to remove a directory, where 'x' is the   
                 directory name to be removed.

     x:        - This command is used to change to a new drive, where 'x' is    
                 the drive letter.

     CLS       - This command is used to clear the screen.

     SEND x    - This command is used to send a file to the user, where 'x' is  
                 the file name of the file to be sent.

     RECEIVE x - This command is used to receive a file from the user, where 'x' 
                 is the file name of the file to receive.

     VER       - This command is used to display the current version of         
                 MicroDOS.

     DIRSIZE x - This command is used to display the total file size in the     
                 current directory, where 'x' is the file specification of the  
                 file(s) to be totalled.

     EDIT x    - This command is used to edit a text file using Iniquity's      
                 internal full screen editor. 'x' is the file name of the file to 
                 edit.

     EXEC x     - This command is used to run external function's out side of    
                 Iniquity's MicroDOS, where 'x' is the command to run.

                         [ Section 18 - SysOp Key's ]

          Iniquity supplies several key's that a SysOp can used to complete
     certain functions while a user is online. Each key's is activated be pressing
     the  key at the same time that you press the SysOp key.
     Each of the key's currently available is described below.

     A - Change Emulation      - This option allows you to cycle the users emulation
                                 between ansi and avatar.

     B - Cycle Status Bar      - This option allows you to cycle the status bar
                                 through the current selection's available.

     C - Chat Mode Init/Exit   - This option allows you to enter and exit chat  
                                 mode.

     E - Edit Current Menu     - This option allows you to edit the menu the user
                                 is currently using.

     F - Fake Line Noise       - This option allows you to cause Iniquity to
                                 send line noise to the remote system, causing a 
                                 possible loss or carrier.

     H - Hang Up               - This option allows you to hang up on the user.

     I - SysOp Key Info        - This option allows you to display a help       
                                 screen of the current SysOp key's.

     J - Jump To DOS           - This option allows you to 'JUMP' to a DOS      
                                 prompt while the user is still online.

     M - Toggle Temp SysOp     - This option allows you to give the user SysOp  
                                 status while they are still online. The user will 
                                 be reverted to their normal access level when  
                                 they log off.

     N - Toggle Remote Input   - This option allows you to suspent, or restore
                                 input from the user.

     R - Toggle Remote Output  - This option allows you to suspend, or restore,
                                 output to the remote screen.

     S - Status Bar On/Off     - This option allows you to turn the status bar  
                                 on or off.

     T - Status Bar Top/Bottom - This option allows you to move the status bar  
                                 from the top of the screen to the bottom, or vice 
                                 versa.

     U - Upgrade User Access   - This option allows you to upgrade the user's   
                                 access level to the next available level.

     V - Edit User             - This option allows you to go to the user editor and
                                 edit the user currently on the system.

     X - Split Screen Chat     - This option allows you to enter, or exit, the
                                 split screen chat mode.

     Z - Page User             - This option allows you to beep the user on the 
                                 remote side to see if they are around.

     + - Add One Minute        - This option allows you to add one minute to    
                                 the user's time, for each key press.

     - - Subtract One Minute   - This option allows you to subtract one minute  
                                 from the user's time, for each key press.

     [Scroll Lock] - Chat Toggle - This option allows you to toggle your chat   
                                   availability, if scroll lock is on, a user wont 
                                   be able to page you unless they have chat    
                                   override access.



                         [ Section 19 - Event Editor ]

          To load Iniquity's internal EVENT editor, you must use one of two
     methods. With the WFC screen option 'EVENT EDITOR', or with the menu command
     '*V'. When the editor has been successfully loaded you will see a screen
     similar to the one displayed below. This screen gives you a list of options
     that allow you to add, edit, remove an event.



      Num  Description                Time   Node Command
     ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
      1    New Iniquity event         00:00  0
     ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
     -- [I]nsert [D]elete [E]dit [M]ove [Esc]Quit ł Command:



     [I] Insert - This option allows you to add a new event to the data base.

     [D] Delete - This option allows you to remove an event from the data base.

     [E] Edit   - This option allows you to edit an event in the data base.

     [M] Move   - This option allows you to move an event that is currently in  
                  the data base to a new location in the data base.




     When you have selected to edit an event, the following screen is           
     displayed:



     ŽÜ                      - Iniquity Event Editor -                       ÜŻ
      ß²ÜÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß
 
     --- Event #                  1
     [A] Active?                  No
     [B] Description              New Iniquity event
     [C] Time                     00:00
     [D] Force event              Yes
     [E] Always run?              Yes
     [F] Offhook modem            Yes
     [G] Node                     0
     [H] Command
     [I] Last executed            0
     [[] Previous event
     []] Next event
 
     ßž[                                                                    ]žß



     [A] Active        - This option allows you to set the event to active or   
                         non-active.

     [B] Description   - This option allows you to enter in a string that will  
                         be used for the description of the event.

     [C] Time          - This option allows you to enter the time, in 24 hour   
                         format, that the event is to be executed.

     [D] Force Event   - This option allows you to force Iniquity to drop the   
                         user if an event is about to be executed.

     [E] Always Run?   - This option allows you to force Iniquity to run the    
                         event if it was missed.

     [F] Offhook Modem - This option allows you to force Iniquity to off hook   
                         the modem when running events.

     [G] Node          - This option allows you to choose what node the event   
                         will run under.

     [H] Command       - This option allows you to enter the command that is to 
                         be executed.

     [I] Last Executed - This option allows you to change the number of day's   
                         it's been since the last execution.



                      [ Appendix A - External Utilities ]

     FILEPACK.EXE - The FILEPACK program is used to pack Iniquity's file        
                    description data file, and should be performed regularly, as 
                    it can save you disk space and speed up the file listing. As 
                    it packs the file descriptions, FILEPACK will sort them     
                    depending on the order of the files in the directory of the 
                    file area (which can be changed by re-sorting the file areas).

     INIQLIB.EXE  - The INIQLIB program is used to create or modify the TEXT    
                    FILE LIBRARIES used by Iniquity. These libraries are a      
                    collection of several ANSI screens, including the wave, and 
                    repeat screens, and when you have activated the option,     
                    Iniquity will look through the TOMES to find the necessary  
                    files. If Iniquity can not find the files in the TOMES, then 
                    it will look for them in the TEXT DIR.

                    There are certain command line function's that you must be  
                    aware about when using this utility.

                    INIQLIB .TFL  -x|-r

                    FILENAME - is the name of the *.TFL TOME.
                    DIRNAME  - is the name of the directory where INIQLIB will  
                               look for when creating a TOME, or create the files 
                               when extracting the files from the TOME.
                    -x       - is the command to invoke the extraction          
                               function.
                    -r       - is the command to invoke the renaming of the     
                               description and the author of the TOME.


     INIQMAIL.EXE - The INIQMAIL program is used to import and export all echo  
                    mail to the mail processor, like Gecho, and remove the *.MSG 
                    files from the bases.

                    There are certain command line function's that you must be  
                    aware about when using this utility.

                    INIQMAIL PURGE|TOSS|SCAN|-n|-e

                    PURGE - This will remove all *.MSG files from the echo mail 
                            directories to conserve space on the hard disk.
                    
                    SCAN  - This will scan the echo mail message bases for new  
                            echo mail that has yet to be sent starting where the 
                            last scan left off.

                    TOSS  - This will import any echo mail into the message
                            areas after the mail processor has completed the    
                            extraction from the message packets.

                    -n    - This will process only netmail.

                    -e    - This will process only echoail.


     OBV2INIQ.EXE - The OBV2INIQ utility is used to convert your current OBV/2  
                    user data base into the newest version of the Iniquity data 
                    base. There is only one really necessary parameter that you'll 
                    need and that is the path to the OBV/2 user data file. Your 
                    command line would look something like this.

                    OBV2INIQ x:\path

                    x    - The drive letter where the data base resides.
                    Path - The path to the user records file.

     REN2INIQ.EXE - The REN2INIQ utility is used to convert your current Renegade 
                    user data base into the newest version of the Iniquity data 
                    base. There is only one really necessary parameter that you'll 
                    need and that is the path to the Renegade user data file. Your 
                    command line would look something like this.

                    REN2INIQ x:\path

                    x    - The drive letter where the data base resides.
                    Path - The path to the user records file.



                      [ Appendix B - ANSI Escape Codes ]

          The ANSI escape codes are used by MS-DOS based systems to change the
     position of the cursor, and also change the colour attributes. These codes
     are the main base behind the function's used by Iniquity to change the
     colour's and move the cursor, creating a highly flexible screen display
     system. 

     These code's are made up of two main part's, but the second part can be
     broken down even farther. The first part is the escape code, the ASCII
     character code is ALT-27, and the second part makes up the identifier for the
     code. This part is made up of two to three main parts, the first being the
     '[' bracket, the second being a number, or an identifier, and the third part
     is an identifier, if the second part contains a number. Each Code currently
     used is explained below, as you will see these code in ANSI screen when you
     are editing the through a text editor. The escape code will be represented
     by an 'Esc'.

     Esc[2J       - This code is used to clear the screen, and place the cursor 
                    at the home position (1,1).

     Esc[K        - This code is used to clear the line from the current cursor 
                    position to the end of the line, placing the cursor back to 
                    the original position.

     Esc[row;colH - This code is used to position the cursor on the screen.     
                    'row' represents the 'y' coordinate, and 'col' represents the 
                    'x' coordinate.

     Esc[Na       - This code is used to move the cursor up 'n' rows.

     Esc[Nb       - This code is used to move the cursor down 'n' rows.

     Esc[Nc       - This code is used to move the cursor right 'n' columns.

     Esc[Nd       - This code is used to move the cursor left 'n' columns.

     Esc[s        - This code is used to save the current cursor position.

     Esc[u        - This code is used to return the cursor to the saved         
                    position.

     Esc[nm       - This code allows you to select a character attribute using  
                    'n' as the attribute, which can be one set of the following.

                    0  - No Special Attributes.
                    1  - High Intensity.
                    2  - Low Intensity.
                    3  - Italic.
                    4  - Underline.
                    5  - Blink.
                    6  - Rapid Blink.
                    7  - Reverse Video.
                    8  - Concealed Text (No Display).

                    30 - Foreground Black.
                    31 - Foreground Red.
                    32 - Foreground Green.
                    33 - Foreground Yellow.
                    34 - Foreground Blue.
                    35 - Foreground Magenta.
                    36 - Foreground Cyan.
                    37 - Foreground White.

                    40 - Background Black.
                    41 - Background Red.
                    42 - Background Green.
                    43 - Background Yellow.
                    44 - Background Blue.
                    45 - Background Magenta.
                    46 - Background Cyan.
                    47 - Background White.



                     [ Appendix C - Repeat ANSI Screens ]

          Iniquity uses a certain set of functions that can be used to display a
     large amount of information, that is similar, but not the same. This is
     called a repeat ANSI screen, what is it? Well you have an ANSI screen made
     up of three, sometimes four, files, a header file, having a file name of
     ?????TOP.ANS where '?????' is anyone of the predetermined set of characters
     used by Iniquity that allows it to determine where to display the file. The
     second file is called a middle file, or ?????MID.ANS, where again Iniquity
     will use those characters, only this time the file will be displayed
     immediately after the header file, and will continue to be displayed until
     Iniquity runs out of information to display. Some screen's have a high light
     file, or ?????HIL.ANS, this file is used to show information that pertains
     to the current user, say they are listing messages in the message base,
     Iniquity will high light those messages that are to the user, via the high
     light file. The last and final file is a footer ANSI, or ?????BOT.ANS. This
     file is displayed immediately after Iniquity runs out of information for the
     middle file, and is usually the last file displayed.

     The section that I will be dealing with will be the middle file, mainly
     because you need to set it up a specific way in order to be displayed
     properly, or you could find weird screen displayed, of a blank line where the
     should be information. The best way to fix an ANSI file for the middle, is
     by not using the regular ANSI drawing programs, and just going into a text
     editor, like DOS edit, or any other editor that you prefer to use. Next find
     the listing of all the MCI code's and Control code's as well as the Wave
     code's that will be displayed in the middle file. You'll want to use that AT
     code's as well as the Limit and Padding codes, so hold them close to you.
     Look at the example below.


     |08@02:|11@06{23~NM|15@09~BN|04@33~PN|09@48~BR|07@56{21~SN|08@78:

     The code's that are preceded by a '|' character are the control codes, the
     are used to change the colours between characters by Iniquity's internal
     control code function. The number's preceded by an '@' character are used to
     place the cursor 'at' the location specified on the current line, that way
     no vertical movement is used, therefore not destroying the desired display.
     The code's that are preceded by an '{' character are used to limit the length
     of the string, that way you wont have string running into one another, and
     makes for a neater display. The last type of code used are the wave code's,
     they are preceded by a '~' character, and are file specific, so be careful
     what code's you use, or some of them wont work. All other character's, like
     the ':' are used for normal screen enhancement's, to make it look like a
     screen.

     I can guarantee you, that when you use an editor and just used all of
     Iniquity's internal codes the screen will work every time, it's just a matter
     of lining up you're display to match the header and footer file's. It's as
     simple as that, no animation is needed, nor the manual editing after you've
     saved it in ANSI, nor will you need to use an external utility to fix the
     screen. Only a one time edit, that's it.
 


        [ Appendix D - Normal ANSI's With MCI And Wave Code Placement ]

          Iniquity uses a group of files, called wave files, that are used to
     display screen's with complex display's. Wave codes are used to either set
     up a position, choose a color, print some text, or light up a character, not
     to mention normal MCI's codes. These screens are used differently by Iniquity
     and contain wave code's that are specific to a file name, and those code's
     can only be used in those files. To create a screen that will work, you must
     use a ANSI program that support's 'ANSIMATION', animation in an ANSI file,
     there are a specific number of step's that you must follow, I will try to
     explain them in as much detail as I can.

     1. Load up an ANSI drawing program that supports ANSIMATION, TheDraw is    
        a good editor, for something like this.

     2. Draw the form for the screen, this is boxes where certain items will be 
        enclosed, a full screen box, anything that might be destroyed if a word, 
        or string, were suddenly tossed in before the screen is displayed and   
        causing it to be distorted.

     3. Next, switch the program over to animation, and place all wave code's that 
        you are going to have displayed, and all MCI codes that will also be setup 
        into the screen.

     4. Then double check to see if you have any wave code's that need special  
        attention, like wave code's. 

     5. Save and test the file.

     Note: If you have wave code's of the type [lit] then you should make       
           their color attribute's blink to give it the maximum effect.



     When creating an ANSI screen that won't use the wave code's but will use MCI
     code's, there are a couple of way's to manage the screen.

     1. Activate the ANSIMATION before you place the MCI code's into the file,  
        this will cause the code's to write the string over what's already on the 
        screen.

     2. Don't activate the ANSIMATION, but use the limit, and padding codes to  
        manage the length of the string's, as well as the 'at' code. You MUST be 
        very careful how you set up the screen if you do this because you'll need 
        to adjust the display so that all of the code's will be padded, or      
        limited, and you must arrange everything else so that it accommodates the 
        string's.



                      [ Appendix E - Text File Libraries ]

          A text file library is a group of screen's all compiled into one large
     file, it could be all your ANSI, RIP, AVATAR files compiled into one, or all
     into separate groups, depending on what it is you want to separate out of
     each file. There are a few major step's and a few small step's of which will
     be detailed below.


     1. Create the screen's that you want to have as a menu screen set, set them 
        into a directory separate from all the other's, and place all file's that 
        you want to have in this TOME.

     2. Using the INIQLIB program, create a TOME by entering in a file name to be 
        created, and then the path of the files that will be placed into the TOME. 
        You will be asked to enter in a description of the TOME, and to enter in 
        the author of the TOME, meaning the creator of all the text files.

     3. Place the TOME into the LIBS sub-directory in Iniquity's main directory.

     4. Load the system configuration and switch to the Miscellaneous Option's  
        Menu, and activate option [H], Use TextFile Libraries.

     Note: Iniquity will, when the text file libraries are active, always look in 
           a user's selected TOME for the screen that is to be displayed. If    
           Iniquity can not find the file in the TOME, then it will look in the 
           TEXT directory for the file, so it's always good to have spare file's 
           in there for back up cases.



                     [ Appendix F - Light Bar Menu Screens ]

          Iniquity has a feature called LIGHT BAR menu's, these menu's allows you
     to configure a screen so that it display's a lightbar selection menu with as
     many option's as are in the menu. There are a few steps that you must follow
     in order for the screen to work properly.

  :::Old Lightbar System


     1. Create the menu that you wish to use as the light bar menu, making sure 
        that you have changed the menu type to 'LightBar'.

     2. Load up an ANSI program that allows you to use ANSIMATION, 'TheDRAW' is 
        a good program to use with this.

     3. Draw the layout to the menu, not including the menu option's as they will 
        be added later. This step is important as it will give your menu the ANSI 
        screen that will be used for the menu.

     4. Once you have completed the layout to the menu, turn on the animation   
        option.

     5. At the position that you want the first menu selection displayed, you must 
        place a '~01' code in the color that you want the highlighted option to 
        be displayed in, and then immediately after that code, you must place a 
        '^01' code in the color that you want the non-highlighted option to be  
        displayed in.


        For example: You have three option's to be displayed in the menu:

                               1. User Listing. 
                               2. Last Caller's.
                               3. Quit To Main. 

        You must create the layout for your screen, and once that is done turn  
        the animation mode on.

        Then Place the three code's into the screen.

                                    ~01^01
                                    ~02^02
                                    ~03^03

        Make sure that the above code's are in their respective color's when you 
        place them on the screen, you do this by changing to the new color before 
        you place the code on the screen..

        The above screen would look like this, they are displayed in their      
        respective colors.

                                User Listing. 
                                Last Caller's.
                                Quit To Main. 



  :::New Lightbar System


     Iniquity now has a new lightbar system that should make the process of
    creating lightbar menus a little more simple. It uses the X,Y coordinate
    system to place your lightbar strings. Each of these settings is set in
    the Menu Editor. You will also no longer need to edit your ansi files
    and use ^01 and ~01 codes.

  1)-  First set the strings iniquity should display.

   -Menu editor-

  (h) ON                  AutoMsg menu
  (i) OFF                 AutoMsg menu



  2)- Set the X,Y coordinates for the strings.

  (x) X POS               10
  (y) Y POS               20



  3)- Save


  thats all there is too it =]


                      [ Appendix G - Info Form Screens ]

          Infoform's give you the ablility to ask a user a list of questions and
     store them in a file. You are able to view these answers by entering the user
     editor, and selecting 'VIEW INFOFORMS', you can choose what infoform you want
     to view if you have several to choose from. Iniquity uses an infoform data
     file, and an infoform screen, definable by you, in order to display the
     screen to the user. There are also limit's that you can impose on an
     infoform, forcing a user to answer certain questions, and the like. There are
     also code's that are used to help with the input that you can use. These
     limitation code's and input code's are explained in the text file sub-section
     called 'Info-Forms'. There are a few step's that you must follow in order to
     correctly create an info form.

     1. Using the Info-Forms editor, create a new Info-Form. Then edit the      
        information to suit your need's as to the form.

     2. Loading an ANSI program, create a screen that with the appropriate      
        questions and using the appropriate code's at the location where the user 
        will be typing in the answers.

     Note: Be very careful when selecting code's to use as input controllers    
           as the results could be very strange.

     Here is an example of an info-form.

                         [ Validation Information ]

     1. What Is Today's Date? ~BD
     2. What Is Your Voice Phone Number? ~PN
     3. What Is Your Data Phone Number? ~PN
     4. What Is Your Handle? ~SM

     At the location's where the wave codes are displayed, Iniquity will prompt 
     the user for the answer to the question. When the user has completed the
     info-form, all answer's will be saved to a data file.



                    [ Appendix H - Stacked Menu Commands ]

          Iniquity's menu system allows you to configure a 'STACKED MENU COMMAND'.
     This will allow one key to execute several menu commands. Stacked menu
     commands are extremely useful for this, as it saves on steps for the user,
     and pain for you. To configure a stacked command, you will need an option
     that would make this useful. An option I'll be using is the built in Tetris
     game, now there are two menu commands that do two separate things, but are
     both related to the game. The first one is the command to execute the game
     itself, this code is 'TP'. The other command is to view the high scores of
     players who have played, this code is 'TS'. These are the two commands that
     I will be stacking in my menu.

     1. First select a menu that you will add the options to. In this case I will 
        be adding the option to the 'MAIN' menu.

     2. Load up the menu editor, load up the menu you want to add the commands to, 
        and add an equal number of options as you will have commands. In this case 
        I will add two options to the menu.

     3. Edit the first new option so that it has they key that activates the    
        command, as well as the initial function. For example, look at the screen 
        below.


        ŽÜ                 - Iniquity Menu Command Editor -                  ÜŻ
         ß²ÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

        --- Current command     18 of 19
        [A] Description         Play The Internal Tetris Game.
        [B] Command help        To Play The Game, Tetris.
        [C] Menu keys           T
        [D] Access              s25
        [E] Menu command        TP
        [F] Parameters          
        [G] Hidden              No
        [[] Previous
        []] Next

        ßž[                                                                 ]žß


        Notice that I have the command 'TP' executed by this command. This menu 
        option should have the description of what the command is going to do, you 
        should also specify the key that will be used to activate the command as 
        it is needed by this and the following options. The access is up to you, 
        it depends on who you want to have access to this option, and the access 
        expression should reflect that.
 


     4. Now I move to the next option, and modify that to look something similar 
        to what is below.


        ŽÜ                 - Iniquity Menu Command Editor -                  ÜŻ
         ß²ÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

        --- Current command     19 of 19
        [A] Description         
        [B] Command help        
        [C] Menu keys           T
        [D] Access              s25
        [E] Menu command        TS
        [F] Parameters          
        [G] Hidden              Yes
        [[] Previous
        []] Next

        ßž[                                                                 ]žß


        Now, this is set up a little different, I have the tetris high scores   
        command activated immediately after the game has been played. Not that  
        there is not description, or help line; These are not needed as they will 
        not be seen anyway even if the command is not hidden. The key is the same, 
        however, or else it wouldn't work. In this case I have hidden the command, 
        just for the sakes of doing so, it is not necessary to hide the command 
        as it will never be seen.

     5. Now save the menu and try it out, you may or may not need to do a few   
        modifications so that it runs the way you want it to, but the basics are 
        shown here so that should help get you going.



                    [ Appendix I - Setting Up Conferences ]

          Setting up a conference is all dependent on how you want things to be
     configured. For example in your message conferences, you might want a
     conference for each message network that you carry, or in your file
     conferences, you might want to separate your bases by type of files. All your
     utility files in one conference, and all your door files in another. It's all
     dependent on what you want your message and file system to look like, I will
     setup one file conference and one message conference to show you the basics,
     but with a little practice and thought, you can make a really complex system,
     that simplifies the differences.

 

     1. First off, select what you want to separate; if it's a file area look at 
        the type of files that you have. One conference setting that is popular 
        is the separation of adult files from the rest. This is a setting that I 
        will set up for you to show you the basics.

     2. Next, enter the file conference editor and enter in the name and access, 
        for an example look at the screen below:


        ŽÜ                - Iniquity File Conference Editor -                ÜŻ
         ß²ÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

        --- Current Conference       1
        [A] Key                      A
        [B] Description              Adult Bases
        [C] ACS                      S75
        [[] Previous Conference
        []] Next Conference

        ßž[                                                                 ]žß


        I have created a conference for the adult file bases, with a key selection 
        of 'A' and a description of 'Adult Bases', also note the access level, it 
        is set for security level 75 meaning that only those with a SL of 75 or 
        greater will have access to this conference.


        ŽÜ                - Iniquity File Conference Editor -                ÜŻ
         ß²ÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

        --- Current Conference       2
        [A] Key                      B
        [B] Description              Regular Bases
        [C] ACS                      S50
        [[] Previous Conference
        []] Next Conference

        ßž[                                                                 ]žß


        I have also created a conference that will be used for the regular file 
        areas, a different key is used, and a new description has been entered, 
        but note the access level, S50, this means that anyone with SL or 50 or 
        greater can access this conference.


     3. Last, I will edit my file areas to utilize the conference system in a more 
        dynamic way, I limit the access to the file area via the conference. Look 
        at the example I have created below.


        ŽÜ                    - Iniquity File Area Editor -                  ÜŻ
         ß²ÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

        --- Current Area             1
        [A] Description              Adult Pictures
        [B] Filename                 JPEG1
        [C] File Path                C:\INIQ\FILES\JPEG1
        [D] Area Sponsor             Blackball
        [E] Access ACS               XA
        [F] Upload ACS               =
        [G] Download ACS             XA
        [H] Password
        [I] Sort Method              Filename
        [J] Sort Direction           Ascending
        [[] Previous Area
        []] Next Area

        ßž[                                                                 ]žß


        By changing the access ACS code to XA, I have limited access to those who 
        only have access to the conference with the key of 'A'. The user must be 
        in that conference before they will view this particular file area.


     Note: A message conference system works much the same way only it deals with 
           the message bases instead of the file bases. Here's how you'd go about 
           setting up a message conference.


     1. First off, select what you want to separate; if it's a message area look 
        at the type of message bases that you want to have. One conference setting 
        that is popular is the separation of adult message areas from the rest. 
        This is a setting that I will set up for you to show you the basics.
     


     2. Next, enter the message conference editor and enter in the name and     
        access, for an example look at the screen below:


        ŽÜ              - Iniquity Message Conference Editor -               ÜŻ
         ß²ÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

        --- Current Conference       1
        [A] Key                      A
        [B] Description              Adult Message Networks
        [C] ACS                      S75
        [[] Previous Conference
        []] Next Conference

        ßž[                                                                 ]žß


        I have created a conference for the adult message bases, with a key     
        selection of 'A' and a description of 'Adult Message Networks', also note 
        the access level, it is set for security level 75 meaning that only those 
        with a SL of 75 or greater will have access to this conference.

     3. Last, I will edit my message areas to utilize the conference system in a 
        more dynamic way, I limit the access to the file area via the conference. 
        Look at the example I have created below.
        

        ŽÜ                 - Iniquity Message Area Editor -                  ÜŻ
         ß²ÜÜÜܲž[command:       ]žÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜžÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜž[esc/quit]ž²ÜÜÜÜܲß

        --- Current Area   1 of 200
        [A] Description    Adult Discussions
        [B] Filename       ADULT
        [C] Msg Area Type  Local message area
        [G] Area Sponsor   SysOp
        [H] Access ACS     CA
        [I] Post ACS       CA
        [J] Max Messages   200
        [K] Password
        [L] QWK Name       ADULT
        [1] Unhidden       No
        [2] Real Names     Yes                 [4] Mandatory       No
        [3] Private        Yes                 [5] Anonymous       Yes
        [[] Previous Area
        []] Next Area

        ßž[                                                                 ]žß


     By changing the access ACS code to C, I have limited access to those who 
     only have access to the conference with the key of 'A'. The user must be 
     in that conference before they will view this particular message area.

:eof: